02 imaging components thorlabs

Page 1

A Bit About Us

Multiple Teams Contribute to Thorlabs’ OCT Success Although Thorlabs has a long history of manufacturing photonics products, we have contributed substantially to a number of key technologies in the life sciences during the last decade. There are several groups at Thorlabs who work extensively to bring cutting edge products, such as our Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) imaging systems, to market. Our OCT group is unique in that it functions as one unit, although it is comprised of teams from several different geographical locations. Currently, Thorlabs produces two types of OCT systems, Swept Source (SS-OCT) and Spectral Domain (SD-OCT). Developed and manufactured by Thorlabs in 2004, our first SS-OCT system was a collaboration between our laser development team in Sweden and our Advanced Systems Technology group in Newton, NJ. Today, the laser scan heads for these OCT systems are designed and manufactured in Sweden, while the SS-OCT machine is produced in New Jersey.

Our Advanced Systems Technology Team in Newton, NJ Enjoying a Victory at a Company Soccer Tournament

Our TQE Group at a Company Picnic

Our SD-OCT systems are designed and manufactured by our engineering team at our German facility in Lübeck. This group joined the Thorlabs family in 2005, through the founding of Thorlabs HL AG (now part of Thorlabs GmbH), established by Thorlabs’ owner, Alex Cable, and two former researchers, Peter Koch and Christian Winter, from the Medical Laser Center in Lübeck. Our OCT engineers correspond frequently with our Thorlabs Quantum Electronics (TQE) group in Jessup, Maryland, as TQE grows the gain chips used in our OCT systems. This includes the MEMSTuned VCSELs for use at 1 µm and 3 µm.

Thorlabs’ in-house manufacturing capabilities allow us to efficiently produce best-in-class OCT systems for the life science and photonics markets. Our teams can fully customize any system to meet a variety of demands.

Members of Our Germany Office at a Company Picnic with Family Members

138


Imaging Components Selection Guide

MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Components

Page 140

Page 192 - 221

Femtosecond Technologies

Objective Lenses

Pages 141 - 148

Page 222 - 225

Multiphoton Subsystems

Optical Filters

Pages 149 - 153

Page 226 - 245

Confocal Accessories

FLIM Source

Pages 154 - 167

Page 246 - 247

Microscopy Stages Page 168 - 191

139


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Resonant Scanner Upgrade for Sutter MOM

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

Features

Microscopy Stages

n High-Speed

Replacement Scan Head for Sutter’s Movable Objective Microscope (MOM) n Video Frame Rate of 30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels n Maximum Frame Rate of 400 fps at 512 x 32 Pixels n Compatible with ThorImageLS™ and ScanImage (an SDK is Provided) n Includes All Needed Computer and Electronics Hardware and Cables

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

MPMSCAN64J-MOM

This kit brings the high-speed imaging capabilities of our Bergamo II microscopes to Sutter’s Movable Objective Microscope (MOM). It replaces the original galvo scan mirrors with Thorlabs’ galvo-resonant scanner, which provides video frame rates of 30 fps at 512 x 512 pixels and a maximum frame rate of 400 fps at 512 x 32 pixels.

RESONANT SCANNER UPGRADE FOR SUTTER MOM 8 kHz Resonant Scanner (X) Galvanometric Scan Mirror (Y)

Scanner Scan Speed

30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels 400 fps at 512 x 32 Pixels

Scan Mode

Line, Square, or Rectangle

Scan Resolution

Up to 2048 x 2048 Pixels (Bi-Directional)

Up to 4096 x 4096 Pixels (Unidirectional) This scanner includes ThorImageLS™, our software package for multiphoton image acquisition, visualization, and analysis. It is also fully supported by the open-source ScanImage 4.x and ScanImage 5.x developed by Vidrio Technologies. To make full use of the extended field of view of the resonant scanner, we also provide a wide-field-of-view scan lens with a broader corrected wavelength range.

Thorlabs Support To ensure that the intended optical performance is achieved by your upgraded Sutter MOM, a Thorlabs technician can travel to your lab to install, test, and demonstrate the use of the microscope. Our support staff will provide you with a webcam and microphone should post-installation support be required, and with permission, we can also remote desktop to your machine to address software issues.

ThorImageLS™ Software ThorImageLS’s workflow-oriented interface supports single image, Z-stacks, time series, and image streaming acquisitions, and shows the user the measured images in real time. Each captured image is saved directly as a lossless TIFF that is viewable in any image analysis program, including ImageJ.

ITEM # MPMSCAN64J-MOM

140

PRICE $ 57,633.19

DESCRIPTION Galvo-Resonant Upgrade for Sutter MOM


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

OCTAVIUS-85M-HP

TIBERIUS

>200 nm Wide Spectrum

Tunable from 740 to 1020 nm

Features n Turnkey,

Maintenance-Free Operation n Engineered for Long-Term Reliability n Two Lasers Available • Tiberius: Tunable Output Wavelength • Octavius: Fixed, Broadband Output n Compact Footprint on Workstation

Microscopy Stages

Thorlabs manufactures two femtosecond laser sources for use in multiphoton microscopy applications: Tiberius and Octavius. The Tiberius laser offers an average power of more than 1.8 W at 800 nm and a center wavelength that is tunable from 740 nm to 1020 nm, allowing the user to target specific compounds for fluorescence imaging or photo-uncaging. In comparison, the Octavius laser provides a short 10 fs pulse duration that leads to a >200 nm wide spectrum centered around 800 nm in every pulse, enabling the user to excite multiple fluorophores simultaneously.

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Tiberius: Tunable Center Wavelength for Targeted Photoexcitation

Since tabletop space is often at a premium, the Tiberius laser has been designed with a vertical cavity construction that minimizes the footprint on the optical table. At 699 mm x 181 mm (27.5" x 7.1"), the Tiberius’ footprint is about half that of competing designs, preserving valuable workspace for the rest of your experimental setup.

Power (W)

Tiberius lasers emit 120 fs pulses at the peak wavelength of 800 nm and offer the user the ability to tune the center wavelength from 740 nm to 1020 nm. The relatively narrow spectral bandwidth of these 120 fs pulses minimizes pulse broadening as the laser light travels through a microscope while still providing high peak intensity for multiphoton excitation of samples. With a nearly 300 nm wide tuning range, the Tiberius enables the user to optimize the center wavelength for Tiberius Output Power two-photon excitation of specific fluorophores and also 2.2 2.0 allows for photostimulation or uncaging. A built-in 1.8 spectrometer reports the laser’s emission wavelength, 1.6 which is controlled by the included GUI (shown below 1.4 1.2 to the right). 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 700

750

800

850 900 950 Wavelength (nm)

1000

1050

The Tiberius laser is powered by a rugged, industrialgrade fiber pump laser whose diodes are rated with a lifetime of more than 100,000 hours. These long-lasting diodes effectively never need replacement, allowing for an exceptionally low cost of ownership. Continued on next page Included GUI for Control of the Tiberius’ Center Wavelength

141


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers

Femtosecond Technologies

Octavius: Multiple, Simultaneous Fluorophore Excitation

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

With a pulse duration of just 10 fs, the Octavius laser provides exceptionally high peak power of more than 400 kW and a large spectral bandwidth spanning more than 200 nm (at -10 dB) in every pulse, making it capable of simultaneously exciting several spectrally separated fluorophores at their optimal absorption wavelengths. This large bandwidth covers more than half the tuning range typically found in Ti:Sapphire lasers. In order to excite multiple fluorophores using tunable Ti:Sapphire lasers, the lasers are usually tuned to a wavelength at which the fluorophores in the sample exhibit at least some absorbance. This compromise reduces image contrast and limits the detail that can be extracted from a given measurement, leading to the need for co-registration, which can introduce experimental uncertainties. Since the Octavius laser emits broadband pulses (see the graph to the right for a spectrum), it is capable of exciting many common fluorophores simultaneously without requiring tuning, even when those fluorophores have fairly well separated absorption bands. As an example, we photoexcited a mouse intestine that was labeled with Alexa 350 and Alexa 568 dyes and obtained multiphoton fluorescence from both tags in one measurement, as shown in the image below.

Power Spectral Density (a.u.)

Multiphoton Subsystems

OCTAVIUS-85M-HP Spectrum

1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 600

675

750

825

900

975

Wavelength (nm)

OCTAVIUS-85M-HP Used with a Multiphoton Microscope

Multiple Dye Excitation with Octavius Photos taken with a two-photon microscope using an Octavius laser source. The sample was labeled with Alexa 350 and Alexa 568 dyes. These two dyes have fairly well separated excitation bands. Exciting these two dyes simultaneously with a traditional 100 fs laser source is difficult, since the bandwidth of the source is too narrow. In contrast, the 10 fs Octavius is able to excite both fluorophores simultaneously due to its large bandwidth of over 200 nm. 142

1050


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers Hands-Free Operation with Long-Term Stability Thorlabs’ femtosecond lasers are extensively engineered to provide peak performance without user intervention, offering minimal downtime and low cost of ownership. In order to provide stable experimental conditions in a variety of lab environments, they incorporate Thorlabs’ Polaris™ precision designs for ultrastable beam pointing (see www.thorlabs.com for more details). The laser is factory aligned and sealed for maintenance-free operation.

Common Fluorophores that can be Simultaneously Excited by the Octavius Laser n Fura-2

n Fluo-3

n e

n CFP

and w Type GFP n Alexa Dyes n Oregon Green

and Fluo-5F

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

n DAPI n Cy2

Femtosecond Technologies

and Cy3

OCT Components

Our lasers use actively stabilized laser cavities that maintain the critical pulse characteristics without requiring user intervention. By tightly controlling the peak power, spectral distribution, output power, and duration of pulses emitted by our Tiberius and Octavius lasers, repeatable experimental conditions are achieved.

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

289 mm

Have You Seen Our...

417 mm

121 mm

122 mm

699 mm Side View of Tiberius

Dispersion Precompensators

575 mm

Top View of Octavius

181 mm

35 mm

140 mm 76 mm

Top View of Tiberius

See Page 152

Side View of Octavius

Specifications ITEM #

TIBERIUS

Tuning Range

740 - 1020 nm

ITEM #

Pulse Width

<120 fs at 800 nm

Pulse Width

Output Power

>1.8 W at 800 nm

Bandwidth @ -10 dB

OCTAVIUS-85M-HP <10 fs >200 nm

Noise

<0.15%

Peak Power

>450 kW

Repetition Rate

82 MHz

Average Output Power

>600 mW

Beam Diameter

<1.5 mm (1/e2)

Ellipticity - 1 M2 Pointing Stability During Tuning Dimensions

85 MHz

Divergence

<2 mrad

<1.2 at 800 nm

Polarization

>90:1 (Horizontal)

<50 µrad per 100 nm 699 mm x 181 mm x 289 mm (27.5" x 7.1" x 11.4") PRICE

Repetition Rate

<0.1

Power Stability Over 8 Hours Dimensions

±1% 575 mm x 417 mm x 140 mm (22.6" x 16.4" x 5.5")

ITEM # TIBERIUS

$ 114,000.00

DESCRIPTION <120 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser, Tunable from 740 nm to 1020 nm

OCTAVIUS-85M-HP

$ 95,000.00

<10 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser, Fixed Broadband Output

143


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirrors for 750 - 1000 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Ideal

for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Pulses Reflectance for 750 - 1000 nm • RS > 99%, RP > 98.5% n Low Group Delay Dispersion for 750 - 1000 nm • < |20 fs2| (S-Polarization) • < |30 fs2| (P-Polarization)

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

n High

UM05-AG Ø1/2"

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

UM10-AG Ø1"

Thorlabs’ Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirrors are designed for applications in the fundamental wavelength range of femtosecond Ti:Sapphire lasers. These mirrors are manufactured with a dielectric overcoat that provides >98.5% absolute reflectance over the 750 - 1000 nm wavelength range, and they largely retain the low group delay dispersion (GDD) intrinsic to metallic coatings. Compared to our low GDD dielectric mirrors for 700 - 930 nm (see page 144), these enhanced silver mirrors offer similar GDD, a slightly wider reflectance range, and a slightly lower reflectance value. They are available in 1/2" and 1" diameters, and each is 6.0 mm thick. Reflectance, 45° AOI

100.0

80

S-Polarized P-Polarized

60

99.0

40

98.5 98.0

GDD (fs2)

Reflectance (%)

99.5

S-Polarized P-Polarized

97.5

20 0 -20 -40

97.0

-60

96.5 96.0 700

Group Delay Dispersion, 45° AOI

100

-80 750

800

850

900

950

1000

-100 700

1050

800

750

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.

ITEM #

900

950

1000

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |20 fs2|.

UM05-AG

UM10-AG

Design Wavelength

750 - 1000 nm

Diameter

1/2" (12.7 mm)

1" (25.4 mm)

Diameter Tolerance

+0.0 / -0.1 mm

Clear Aperture

>80% of Diameter

Thickness

6.0 mm

Thickness Tolerance

±0.2 mm

Reflectance

Rs > 99%, Rp > 98.5% 45º

Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion

< |20

fs2|

(S-Polarization), < |30 fs2| (P-Polarization)

Substrate

Fused Silica

Surface Flatness

l/20 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture

Surface Quality

l/10 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture 40-20 Scratch-Dig

Parallelism

≤3 arcmin

Back Surface

144

850

Wavelength (nm)

Wavelength (nm)

Fine Ground

ITEM # UM05-AG

$

PRICE 60.00

UM10-AG

$

95.00

DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirror, 750 - 1000 nm, 45° AOI Ø1" Ultrafast-Enhanced Silver Mirror, 750 - 1000 nm, 45° AOI

1050


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Low GDD Ultrafast Mirrors for 700 nm - 930 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Ideal

for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Pulses n High Reflectance • RS > 99% (700 - 930 nm) • RP > 99% (730 - 870 nm) n Low Group Delay Dispersion • <|30 fs2| (S-Polarization: 700 - 930 nm, P-Polarization: 730 - 870 nm) n Item # and Coated Surface Indicated by Engraving on Edge of Optic

UM05-45A Ø1/2"

UM20-45A Ø2"

UM10-45A Ø1"

These low group delay dispersion (GDD) mirrors feature a coating designed for high reflectance in the 700 - 930 nm wavelength range, where Ti:Sapphire femtosecond pulsed lasers typically emit. Ideal for applications where pulse broadening is a concern, these mirrors are designed for a 45° angle of incidence.

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

The edge of each optic is engraved with the item number and an arrowhead pointing to the coated surface. The Ø1/2" and Ø1" versions have polished back surfaces that allow the small percentage of light that leaks through the reflective coating to be used for applications such as power monitoring, while the Ø2" version features a fine ground back surface to diffusely scatter transmitted light from higher power beams.

FLIM Source

Group Delay Dispersion, 45º AOI

Reflectance, 45º AOI 100

100

Multiphoton Subsystems

80 60

80 60

GDD (fs2)

Reflectance (%)

40

40

20 0 -20 -40

20 0 500

600

700

800 900 Wavelength (nm)

-80 1000

-100 700

1100

750

800 850 Wavelength (nm)

900

950

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |30 fs2|.

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.

ITEM #

S-Polarization P-Polarization

-60

S-Polarization P-Polarization

UM05-45A

UM10-45A

Design Wavelength

UM20-45A

700 - 930 nm

Diameter

1/2" (12.7 mm)

1" (25.4 mm)

Diameter Tolerance

2" (50.8 mm)

+0.00 / -0.10 mm

Clear Aperture

>80% of Diameter

Thickness

6.35 mm (0.25")

9.5 mm (0.37")

Thickness Tolerance

12 mm (0.47")

±0.10 mm

Reflectance

Rs > 99% (700 - 930 nm), Rp > 99% (730 - 870 nm) 45º

Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion

< |30

fs2|

(S-Polarization: 700 - 930 nm, P-Polarization: 730 - 870 nm)

Material

UV Fused Silica

Surface Flatness

l/4

l/6

Surface Quality

l/2

10-5 Scratch-Dig

Parallelism

≤5 arcmin

Back Surface

Polished

ITEM # UM05-45A

$

PRICE 170.00

UM10-45A

$

240.00

Ø1" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI

UM20-45A

$

590.00

Ø2" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI

Fine Ground

DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Low GDD Mirror, 700 nm - 930 nm, 45º AOI

145


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Low GDD Ultrafast Mirrors for 950 nm - 1170 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Ideal

Multiphoton Subsystems

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

n Use

Ø1/2"

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

for Pulses Shorter than 100 fs with Ytterbium and Neodymium Lasers n High Reflectance and Low Dispersion for 950 - 1170 nm n Item # and Coated Surface Indicated by Engraving on Edge of Optic n Backside of Optic is Polished

UM05-45B UM10-45B Ø1"

These low group delay dispersion (GDD) mirrors feature a coating designed for high reflectance from 950 nm to 1170 nm. This wavelength range is optimized for use with Ytterbium (Yb) and Neodymium (Nd) lasers, such as Nd:YAG. Ideal for applications where pulse broadening is a concern, these mirrors are designed for a 45° angle of incidence. The dielectric coating is applied with an ion-beam-sputtering (IBS) technique, providing a highly controlled and durable dielectric thin film coating with a high damage threshold. They have been used with lasers delivering 40 J/cm2 (p-polarization, 1064 nm with a 10 ns pulse at 100 Hz). Each optic is engraved with the item number and an arrowhead pointing to the coated surface. The back surface is polished so that the small percentage of light that leaks through the reflective coating may be used for applications such as power monitoring. Reflectance, 45º AOI 100

Visit...

80 80

www.thorlabs.com

60 40

60

GDD (fs2)

Reflectance (%)

To See More Low GDD Mirrors for 1400-1700 nm

Group Delay Dispersion, 45º AOI

100

40

S-Polarization P-Polarization

20

20 0 -20 -40 -60

S-Polarization P-Polarization

-80 0 850

900

950

1000 1050 1100 Wavelength (nm)

1150

1200

1250

-100 900

UM05-45B

Design Wavelength

1050 1100 Wavelength (nm)

1150

UM10-45B 950 - 1170 nm

Diameter

1/2" (12.7 mm)

Diameter Tolerance

25 mm (0.98") +0.00 / -0.10 mm

Clear Aperture

>80% of Diameter

Thickness

6.35 mm (0.25")

Thickness Tolerance

9.5 mm (0.37") ±0.10 mm

Reflectance

Rs > 99% (950 - 1170 nm), Rp > 99% (1000 - 1100 nm) 45º

Angle of Incidence Group Delay Dispersion

< |30

fs2|

(S-Polarization: 970 - 1150 nm, P-Polarization: 1020 - 1080 nm)

Substrate

UV Fused Silica

Surface Flatness

l/4 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture

Surface Quality

l/6 at 632.8 nm Over Clear Aperture 10-5 Scratch-Dig

Parallelism

≤5 arcmin

Back Surface

146

1000

Polished

ITEM # UM05-45B

$

PRICE 195.00

UM10-45B

$

320.00

1200

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where S-Polarization GDD < |30 fs2|.

The shaded region in the graph above represents the specified wavelength range where RS > 99%.

ITEM #

950

DESCRIPTION Ø1/2" Low GDD Mirror, 950 nm - 1170 nm, 45º AOI Ø25 mm Low GDD Mirror, 950 nm - 1170 nm, 45º AOI


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Improves

Image Contrast in Multiphoton Microscopy n Generates Short, High-Peak-Power Pulses at the Sample for Greater Fluorescence Intensity n >99% Reflectance for 700 - 1000 nm 2 n -175 fs of Group Delay Dispersion per Reflection at 800 nm n For Laser Pulses with Spectral Bandwidth >50 nm (FWHM)

Typical Group Delay vs. Wavelength Group Delay vs. Wavelength

60 Typical 60 40

GD GD (fs)(fs)

40 20

ITEM # DCMP175

$

-200

OCT Components

-20 -40 -60 -80 -80 700

750

850

900

950 1000

Objective Lenses

Wavelength (nm) 100.0

% Reflectance % Reflectance

100.0 99.6

Reflectance vs. Wavelength Reflectance vs. Wavelength

99.6 99.2

Optical Filters FLIM Source

99.2 98.8 98.8 98.4 98.4 98.0

98.0 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 700 750 Wavelength 800 850 900 (nm)950 1000 1050

Wavelength (nm) 700 – 1000 nm >99% -175 fs2 at 800 nm l/10

Surface Quality

10-5 Scratch-Dig 0.1 J/cm2 (100 fs Pulses Centered at 800 nm)

Damage Threshold Substrate Material

Fused Silica

Substrate Dimensions (L x W x D)c

52.0 mm x 11.0 mm x 12.0 mm (2.05" x 0.43" x 0.47")

= 8°, P-Polarized Light Any Ø10 mm in the Clear Aperture

bOver

PRICE 2,410.00

800

750 Wavelength 800 850 (nm) 900 950 1000

700

In typical glass, shorter wavelengths have higher indices of refraction than longer wavelengths, causing shorter wavelengths to travel slower. These mirrors are specifically designed so that longer wavelengths experience SPECIFICATIONSa larger group delay than shorter Operating Wavelength Range wavelengths, allowing the shorter Reflectance (Over Operating Wavelength Range)a Dispersion per Reflection wavelengths to “catch up” to the Surface Flatness (@ 633 nm)b longer wavelengths.

aAOI

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

20 0

-40 -60

Thorlabs’ Dispersion Compensating Mirror Set corrects for the dispersion that occurs when ultrashort pulses travel through an optical system. Since a femtosecond laser pulse consists of many different wavelengths, pulse broadening (a lengthening of the temporal intensity profile) will occur when the pulse passes through a dielectric medium, like glass. This broadening is caused by the wavelength dependence of the refractive index of the optical components through which the light travels.

Since the intensity of the generated fluorescence depends on the intensity of the excitation pulse, correcting for pulse broadening enhances image contrast.

Multiphoton Subsystems

DCMP175

c Clear

Aperture is More than 50 mm x 10 mm

DESCRIPTION Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set, 2 Pieces

Multiphoton Imaging Using DCMP175 The two-photon images of a mouse intestine shown here demonstrate the increased imaging quality possible using the Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set (DCMP175). Figure 1 shows a multiphoton image of a mouse intestine specimen that was taken without the Dispersion-Compensating Mirror Set, whereas Figure 2 shows the same image acquired after adding the mirror pair to the experimental setup. In the mouse intestine specimen, goblet cell mucous is labeled with Alexa Fluor 350 (blue) and cell nuclei are labeled with SYTOX Green (green).

Figure 1. Uncompressed Pulse

Figure 2. Compressed Pulse

These pseudocolored images were obtained using Thorlabs’ multiphoton microscope equipped with a 40X microscope objective (NA = 0.75). Two-photon excitation was provided by a Ti:Sapphire oscillator that provides a repetition rate of 1 GHz and ultrashort (<6 fs) pulses. The group delay dispersion (GDD) attributed to the optical elements in the microscope was roughly 4200 fs2. These images demonstrate that the pulse compression provided by the mirror set increases the fluorescence signal, thereby providing a higher quality image of the mouse intestine. 147


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Low GDD Ultrafast Beamsplitter for 600 nm - 1500 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n 50:50

Splitting Ratio for 600 - 1500 nm for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire and Yb-Based Lasers n Deterministic Group Delay Dispersion (GDD) in Transmission and Reflection n Optically Matched Window for Balanced GDD in Both Arms n Designed for P-Polarized Light at 45° Incident Angle

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Optimized

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

UFBS5050

UDP10

Our UFBS5050 Ultrafast Beamsplitter divides beams in the 600 - 1500 nm wavelength range into one transmitted arm and one reflected arm, each with equal intensity and well defined, deterministic group delay dispersion (GDD). This wide spectral range makes the beamsplitter compatible with femtosecond pulsed Ti:Sapphire lasers like our Octavius laser featured on pages 142 - 143 as well as Ytterbium lasers.

The UDP10 Infrasil® Window, manufactured from the same material as the ultrafast beamsplitter, is designed to reduce the GDD difference between the arms to <20 fs2 at 800 nm. It is only recommended for pulses shorter than 50 fs, as longer pulses have a narrow spectral bandwidth that negates the need for this additional GDD compensation. 100

Ultrafast Beamsplitter for 600 - 1500 nm

UFBS5050 Ultrafast Beamsplitter

Transmission (P-Pol.) Reflectance (P-Pol.)

80

50% Transmitted %

60 40

50% Reflected

20 0 500

700

900

1100

1300

1500

UDP10 Window

Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph denotes the specified range of the UFBS5050 beamsplitter.

ITEM # Wavelength Range

For laser pulses shorter than 50 fs, we recommend pairing the UFBS5050 beamsplitter with the UDP10 window in the arrangement shown here.

UFBS5050

UDP10

600 - 1500 nm

300 nm - 3 µm

Diameter

1" (25.4 mm)

Diameter Tolerance

+0.00 / -0.10 mm

+0.0 / -0.2 mm

Clear Aperture

>80% of Diameter

>90% of Diameter

Thickness Thickness Tolerance Angle of Incidence Input Polarization

1.0 mm ±0.05 mm

45º

P-Polarization

N/A

Surface Flatness

<3l Over Clear Aperture

l/10 Over Clear Aperture

Surface Quality

20-10 Scratch-Dig

10-5 Scratch-Dig

≤5 arcmin

<5 arcsec

Parallelism Beamsplitting Ratio Tolerance

±5% Over Wavelength Range

N/A Infrasil®

Substrate

148

1.5 mm ±0.10 mm

ITEM # UFBS5050

$

PRICE 250.00

UDP10

$ 90.00

DESCRIPTION Low GDD Ultrafast Beamsplitter, Ø1", 600 – 1500 nm, 45° AOI Infrasil® Window, Ø1", 1.0 mm Thick


Imaging Components

Pockels Cells

MOM Upgrade Kit

Features n Significantly

Reduce Photobleaching and Photodamage n Standard and High-Speed Versions n Prevent Overexposure Along the Edges of the Field of View n Mask Arbitrarily Located Regions to Limit Exposure to Those Areas (High-Speed Only) n Controlled from ThorImageLS™ n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers or Optical Parametric Oscillators (OPOs)

BCM-PCA100

A Pockels Cell is a laser modulator that effectively attenuates the laser when the scan head is pointing outside the user-specified region of interest. This reduces the average energy seen by the specimen, protecting against photobleaching and phototoxicity.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

We offer two speeds of Pockels cells for our multiphoton microscopes. The standard options provide edge blanking for galvo-resonant scanners, while the high-speed options add the ability to protect arbitrarily shaped, user-defined regions within the field of view from being exposed to the laser. Each speed is available in two distinct wavelength ranges that are optimized to match the output of either femtosecond Ti:Sapphire lasers or optical parametric oscillators (OPOs).

Edge Blanking (Available on Standard and High-Speed Pockels Cells)

Edge Blanking

While imaging with a galvo-resonant scanner, the left and right edges of the sample can be exposed to a disproportionately large amount of laser radiation, which may be an issue for sensitive samples. The extra exposure occurs because the resonant scanner reverses direction near the edges; consequently, it travels slower as it decelerates before accelerating again in the opposite direction. A Pockels cell lets the researcher switch off the laser once it nears the edges, providing a more uniform exposure. Edge blanking is controlled by the Power Control panel in ThorImageLS. Simply type in the percentage of the line you wish to blank. Masking

Masking (High-Speed Pockels Cell Only) When the region of interest is smaller than the full field of view, it is not necessary to illuminate the entire field of view with a laser. ThorImageLS can import a user-created file that defines a “masked” region of interest, outside of which the laser will be switched off. This keeps the exposed area of the sample to a minimum. Masking is particularly useful when imaging photosensitive in vivo specimens that are also sensitive to physical movement or vibrations. In order to avoid repositioning the specimen or the microscope once the region of interest is in the field of view, the user can select a region of interest by masking it. Customers who wish to use the open-source ScanImage package to control these Pockels cells should also purchase the National Instruments Card Package to enable compatibility. ITEM # BCM-PCA025

$

PRICE 11,375.00

DESCRIPTION Standard Pockels Cell for Ti:Sapphire Lasers, 680 - 1100 nm, 25 MHz

BCM-PCA025-OPO

$

11,500.00

Standard Pockels Cell for OPOs, 1000 - 2000 nm, 25 MHz

BCM-PCA100

$

17,150.00

High-Speed Pockels Cell for Ti:Sapphire Lasers, 680 - 1100 nm, 100 MHz

BCM-PCA100-OPO

$

17,500.00

High-Speed Pockels Cell for OPOs, 1000 - 2000 nm, 100 MHz

SC-IMG2

$

1,500.00

National Instruments Card Package

149


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Variable Attenuator

Femtosecond Technologies

Features

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Automatically

Increment Illumination Intensity with Increasing Sample Depth n Block Laser with One Click n Controlled from ThorImageLS™ and Knob n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

BCM-PA

FLIM Source

Thorlabs’ Variable Attenuator provides automated and manual control of the illumination intensity. We strongly recommend adding it to our multiphoton microscopes because it prevents samples from seeing the full power of the laser, helping to protect against irreversible photobleaching. Moreover, when a sample volume is being scanned, the variable attenuator increments the laser power exponentially at each step, helping maintain uniform illumination intensity with increasing sample depth. All functions of the variable attenuator are controlled by a panel in ThorImageLS, our internally developed software suite for the Bergamo II microscopes. To increment the power as a scan progresses, simply enter the desired start and end powers in terms of %. This panel also provides a convenient computer-controlled way to block the laser when laser exposure is not needed, as when performing widefield or transmitted light imaging. An SDK is available for controlling the variable attenuator through the ScanImage 4.x and 5.x software by Vidrio Technologies or your own home-built software.

ThorImageLS Software Interface for the Variable Attenuator

The Variable Attenuator is inserted in the optical path between the Ti:Sapphire laser and the Bergamo II microscope. When ordered with the Bergamo II microscope, a Thorlabs technician will be present at the installation to ensure that the intended functionality is achieved. ITEM # BCM-PA

150

$

PRICE 4,600.00

DESCRIPTION Variable Attenuator


Updated Specs 12/26/14 - LF

Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Variable Beam Expander

Femtosecond Technologies

Applications n Overfill

Objective to Maximize Resolution and Use the Entire NA n Underfill Objective to Increase Power Density, Thereby Imaging Deeper in Thick Preparations

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

Features n Continuously

Adjust Beam Diameter from 1 - 2.4X in Milliseconds n Controlled from ThorImageLS™ n Designed for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers

Objective Lenses Optical Filters

BCM-VBE

FLIM Source

The Variable Beam Expander for our multiphoton microscopes optimizes the beam diameter for different experimental conditions. As shown below, choosing a beam diameter that fills the back aperture of the objective maximizes the numerical aperture. Overfilling the back aperture will lead to more uniform sample illumination and higher resolution, while underfilling increases laser power for deeper imaging in thick preparations. Using either the ThorImageLS software or the included control box, the beam expander expands or contracts the beam from 1 - 2.4X in less than 10 ms. The input and output beams are parallel and collinear, making it possible to drop the beam expander into an existing setup without rearranging the optical table. In order to attach lens tubes, which serve as protective shielding, each port is SM1 threaded (1.035"-40). Thorlabs’ SM1 standard is used extensively throughout our optomechanics catalog. Our beam expander is constructed with the aid of Thorlabs’ ultrastable Polaris™ mirror mounts (see page 402), and the expansion ratio is adjusted by electrically tuned lenses. The use of fixed optics maintains the beam’s centration over the entire optical path, helping ensure the highest possible optical resolution in your measurements.

Have you seen our...

Low-Drift Mirror Mounts Beam Diameter Matches Back Aperture, which Uses the Entire NA

ITEM # BCM-VBE

Back Aperture is Overfilled for More Even Illumination

$

PRICE 9,940.00

Back Aperture is Underfilled, Leading to Higher Power in Thick Samples

DESCRIPTION Variable Beam Expander

Polaris™ mirror mounts are designed for customers who require extremely high thermal stability in the optical paths they build themselves.

See Page 402 or Visit www.thorlabs.com for Details 151


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dispersion Precompensation for Multiphoton Microscopes

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Improved

Contrast from Multiphoton Microscopes for Femtosecond Ti:Sapphire Lasers Such as Thorlabs’ Tiberius, Octavius and Coherent’s Chameleon™ n Compact Footprint on Tabletop

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Designed

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

COMP6300

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

For Thorlabs’ Octavius Lasers

Lasers used for multiphoton imaging generate short, highintensity pulses. In order to be short in duration, the laser pulses contain a broad range of wavelengths of light. When a short pulse travels through an optical element, such as a scan lens, objective, or fluorescence emission filter, each wavelength travels at a different velocity, causing the pulse to broaden. This broadening, an effect of the group delay dispersion (GDD), is more severe for shorter starting pulses than longer ones (see the graph on the next page).

FSPC For Lasers with t > 50 fs

To counteract the broadening of the pulse, thereby minimizing the pulse length at the sample and maximizing image intensity, Thorlabs manufactures two kinds of dispersion precompensation units. The COMP6300 is designed for lasers with a pulse length shorter than 20 fs, like Thorlabs’ Octavius (see pages 141 - 143 for details). In contrast, the FSPC, which features tunable precompensation (see graph below), is designed for lasers with a pulse length longer than 50 fs, such as Thorlabs’ Tiberius (see pages 141 - 143 for details) and Coherent’s Chameleon™.

Shorter Laser Pulses Raise Contrast

Dispersion Compensation Range of FSPC 0 -5,000

GDD (fs2)

-10,000

Without Dispersion Compensation

With Dispersion Compensation

-15,000 -20,000 -25,000

The mouse intestine photos shown above were acquired with a multiphoton microscope using the OCTAVIUS-85M-HP 10 fs Ti:Sapphire Laser (see pages 141 - 143). ITEM #

700

750

800

850

900

950

Wavelength (nm)

COMP6300

FSPC

Compatible Lasers

Thorlabs’ OCTAVIUS-85M-HP (t < 10 fs)

Lasers with t > 50 fs

Wavelength Range

700 - 1000 nm

700 - 1050 nm

fs2

0 to -12,500 fs2 (Adjustable)

Dispersion Compensation at 800 nm Throughput Footprint on Tabletop

152

-30,000

-6300

(Fixed)

>80%

>75%

10.0" x 4.1" (25.4 cm x 10.5 cm)

9.7" x 4.3" (24.6 cm x 10.9 cm)

1000

1050


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dispersion Precompensation for Multiphoton Microscopes

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Pulse at Sample Has Lower Peak Intensity

Confocal Accessories

Pulse After Laser Time

Microscopy Stages

Time

Optical System

OCT Components

Long Wavelengths Arrive Before Short Wavelengths

Without Dispersion Compensation Group Delay Dispersion Reduces Peak Intensity

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Pulse After Laser Time

Time

Time Dispersion Precompensator

Short Wavelengths Ahead of Long Wavelengths

Pulse at Sample Has High Peak Intensity

Optical System

With Dispersion Compensation

• 1000 fs2 is the GDD difference the researcher can introduce by changing objectives. Different objectives may have different glass types or glass thicknesses. • 6300 fs2 is the exact GDD compensated by the COMP6300 at 800 nm. A 100 fs pulse in an optical system with this much dispersion will double in length.

Pulse at Sample for Various Dispersions 1000

1000 fs2 6300 fs2

800

Output Pulse (fs)

GDD affects short pulses (<50 fs) significantly more than it affects longer pulses (>100 fs), so precompensation may not always be necessary. The graph to the right shows the calculated length of an 800 nm pulse after propagation through several model optical systems.

12,500 fs2 20,000 fs2

600

400

200

0

0

25

50

75

100

125

150

Input Pulse (fs)

• 12,500 fs2 is the maximum GDD compensated by the FSPC at 800 nm. A 100 fs pulse in an optical system with this much dispersion will broaden by almost a factor of 4. • 20,000 fs2 of GDD corresponds to nearly 400 mm of N-BK7 glass, and is shown here for reference.

ITEM # COMP6300

$

PRICE 11,500.00

FSPC

$

9,500.00

DESCRIPTION Dispersion Precompensator for Octavius Lasers (t < 20 fs) Dispersion Precompensator for Lasers with t > 50 fs

153


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Laser Scanning Essentials Kit

Femtosecond Technologies

Electronic Control Unit

Multiphoton Subsystems

Included Components

Confocal Accessories

n Galvo-Resonant

Scan Head and Tube Lenses n 2-Channel Electronic Control Unit n Computer with 24" Monitor n ThorImageLS™ Software n Scan

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

ThorImageLS™ Software with Computer

FLIM Source

Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit helps customers build their own instruments for laser scanning microscopy. Consisting of a galvo-resonant scan head and paired scan and tube lenses in a single, preassembled enclosure, it incorporates many of the same technologies and components used by our complete multiphoton and confocal microscopy systems. Schematic Diagram and Beam Path of Laser Scanning Essentials Kit

Scan Head Resonant Scanner Galvo Scanner

Beam Path Scan Lens Intermediate Image Plane

Tube Lens

154

Galvo-Resonant Scan Head with Scan and Tube Lenses

Our internally developed resonant scanner offers image scan rates up to 400 frames per second (512 x 32 pixel). Once a laser, photodetectors, and suitable objective are added, the resulting system is ready to perform laser scanning experiments.

Features n Core

Components of a Laser Scanning Microscopy System for Users Interested in Building Their Own Microscopes n Galvo-Resonant Scan Head for Acquiring Images at up to 400 fps n Compact, Versatile Design can Accommodate Large Specimens and Apparatuses n Two Versions Offered • 400 - 750 nm • 650 - 1050 nm n Fully Supported with 2 Data Acquisition Software Options • ThorImageLS, Developed and Written by Thorlabs • Open-Source ScanImage 4.x and 5.x


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Laser Scanning Essentials Kit For experiments from 400 – 750 nm, choose our LSKIT-VIS Essentials Kit. Its wavelength range is ideal for photoactivation, uncaging, and optogenetics. For experiments from 650 – 1050 nm, pick the LSKIT-IR Essentials Kit, which helps you take advantage of the ever-evolving spectrum of NIR fluorescent proteins. The paired scan and tube lenses included with our essentials kits enable efficient fluorophore excitation and are ideally matched components of an infinity-corrected optical system.

ITEM # Excitation Wavelength Range Max Field Numbera

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Kits include ThorImageLS™ user software for highspeed acquisition and control (see pages 66 - 69 for details).

LSKIT-VIS

LSKIT-IR

400 – 750 nm

650 – 1050 nm

F.N. 25 (486 - 750 nm) F.N. (400 - 700 nm)

F.N. 16

Scan Speed

30 fps at 512 x 512 Pixels 400 fps @ 512 x 32 Pixels 2 fps @ 4096 x 4096 Pixels

Scan Mode

Square, Rectangle, and Line

Scan Zoom

1X - 36X (Approximate)

Included Scan and Tube Lens

CLS-SL Scan Lens (See Page 225) ITL200 Tube Lens (See Page 225)

Optical Filters FLIM Source

Confocal Microscopy System • Convert Research-Grade Upright and Inverted Microscopes into a Confocal Imaging System

Up to 2048 x 2048 Pixels (Bi-Directional) Up to 4096 x 4096 Pixels (UniDirectional)

Scan Resolution

Objective Lenses

Have you seen our...

X: 8 kHz Resonant Scanner Y: Galvanometric Scan Mirror

Scanner

OCT Components

MPM-SL Scan and Tube Lens Combination (See Page 225)

• Compact, Modular Design that is Adapted to Your Lab and can be Installed by Thorlabs’ Team of Service Engineers

a The

Field of View (FOV) is given in terms of the field number (FN), which is the diameter of the image formed at the intermediate image plane. FN = FOV*Magnification

ITEM # LSKIT-VIS

PRICE $ 52,000.00

DESCRIPTION Visible Laser Scanning Essentials Kit, 400 - 750 nm

LSKIT-IR

$ 55,500.00

IR Laser Scanning Essentials Kit, 650 - 1050 nm

Building Your Laser Scanning System Thorlabs offers all of the components needed for your custom-built laser scanning system. Start with our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit and add photomultiplier tube (PMT) modules, lasers, and a confocal pinhole wheel from our Confocal Accessories. To further customize your system, Thorlabs also offers microscope objectives, optogenetics accessories, and more.

Popular Add-Ons PMT Modules Confocal Pinhole Wheel

Pages 156 - 159 160

Benchtop Laser Source

164 - 167

Microscope Objectives

222 - 225

Optogenetics Accessories

328 - 351

Visit www.thorlabs.com for our full selection of Optics and Optomechanical Components

See Pages 54 - 65 155


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Photomultiplier Modules

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n F or

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

PMTSS2

OCT Components

(Lens Tube and Fiber Collimator Sold Separately)

Objective Lenses

Thorlabs’ Photomultiplier Tube (PMT) Modules are designed for easy integration of PMT detection into imaging systems such as our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit (see pages 154 - 155). The PMTs are available in several formats including a 2-channel PMT module and a 1-channel add on module. We also offer standard and amplified PMTs that are not integrated into a mount.

Optical Filters FLIM Source

Customers Building Their Own Multiphoton Microscope or Confocal Fluorescence System n U se as Detectors for Laser Scanning Essentials Kits (See Pages 154 - 155 for Details) n Expandable to up to 8 Channels n Included with Two-Channel Module • Two Multi-Alkali PMTs • Removable Fluorescence Filter Cube • SMA Fiber Adapter for Attaching Multimode Fiber Patch Cables n Broadband Spectral Response: 185 – 900 nm

The PMTSS2 Two-Channel PMT Module consists of two multialkali standard-sensitivity PMTs, a DFMT1 filter cube insert (see pages 242 - 243 for more details), and a base. The two multi-alkali PMTs incorporated into this module offer high detection efficiency with broad spectral response from 185 to 900 nm.

5.54" 5.79" (147.1 mm) (140.8 mm)

PMT

The base of the module is equipped with a DMFT filter cube block and slots for attachment to an imperial or metric optical table or breadboard. The input port of the filter block features SM1 (1.035"-40) threading, which is directly compatible with a wide array of Thorlabs’ SM1 lens tubes and fiber collimation adapters. ITEM #

PMTSS

PMTSS2

PMTSS2-SCM

DFMT1 Filter Cube

PMT

PMTSS2

450 nm

Radiant Sensitivitya Dark Current (Analog Mode)

2.0 nA (Typical); 10 nA (Max) 107 (Max)

Quantum Efficiency

3.7 mm x 13 mm (0.15" x 0.51")

Gain Control

10 µA (Max) 11.5 to 15.5 V

15 V

Variable Gain Control Input Voltage 0.25 – 1.0 V

Amplifier Amplified

No

Yes

Bandwidth

N/A

60 MHz

Quantum Efficiency (%)

100

Electrical Output Signal Current

PMTSS

PMTSS2

1.4 ns

Gain

Input Voltage

1.14" SM1 mm) (1.035"-40) (29.0 Internal Thread 7.35" 5.54" (186.6 (140.8mm) mm)

105 mA/W

Rise Timeb Active Area (W x H)

PMT

Module Base DFMT1 Filter Cube

185 – 900 nm

Peak l Sensitivity

Module Base SM1 (1.035"-40) Internal Thread

5.54" 5.79" (140.8 mm) (147.1 mm) 2.26" (57.3 mm)

PMTSS-A

Multi-Alkali

Spectral Response

SM1 (1.035"-40) Internal Thread 5.54" (140.8 mm)

Optical Detector Type

Module Base

PMT

Multiphoton Subsystems

10 1 0.1

General Storage Temperature Operating Temperature aRadiant

156

-20 to 50 °C 15 to 40 °C

Sensitivity Measured @ 450 nm bRise Time Measured at Maximum Gain Setting

5 to 50 °C

0.01 100

200

300

400

500

600

700

Wavelength (nm)

800

900 1000


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Photomultiplier Modules BNC Output

Internal C Mount Thread

Femtosecond Technologies

0.346"* (8.8 mm)

2.50" 1.52" (63.5 mm) (38.7 mm)

Detector Element

Power and Gain Control Voltage Input

0.63" (15.9 mm)

4.45" (113.1 mm)

*Distance from the Front of the PMTSS to the Detector Element

PMTSS

Single-Channel Add-On Module

The PMTs are pre-aligned for use with the included filter cube insert, which enables easy exchange of dichroic mirror/emission filter sets. With the purchase of additional single-channel add-on modules (PMTSS2-SCM), the two-channel PMT modules can be expanded to as many as 8 detection channels. These PMT Modules are featured in our Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy Systems described on pages 54 - 65. For those interested in purchasing the PMTs alone, we offer the PMTSS and PMTSS-A, which are standard and amplified multialkali PMT detectors, respectively, without the filter block and base. The detectors have a C-mount internal thread that enables direct compatibility with common microscope ports.

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

1.25" (31.8 mm)

5.14" (130.6 mm)

PMTSS2-SCM

Multiphoton Subsystems

OCT Components Objective Lenses

PMTSS-APS SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Power Input

+15 V/1 A

Power Output

Optical Filters

+15 V/1 A

Auxiliary Control Input (BNC)

0 - 10 V DC

Control Output Voltage

0.25 - 1.2 V DC

Control Voltage Ripple

<4 mV RMS (1 MHz)

Control Voltage Noise (<10 kHz)

FLIM Source

<±1 mV Peak

General Dimensions

3.4" x 3" x 2.35" (88.5 mm x 76.2 mm x 59.8 mm)

Operating Temperature

5 to 55 °C

Storage Temperature

The PMTSS-A amplified photomultiplier tube (PMT) module combines the standard multialkali PMT used in our PMTSS and a pre-amp in the same package. The built-in amplifier has a bandwidth of up to 60 MHz and a gain stage that can be directly inputted into a 50 Ω oscilloscope or DAQ channel.

-40 to 55 °C

PMTSS-APS Amplified PMT Driver and Gain Controller

The PMT detectors include a power cable for wiring to a user-supplied +15 V power supply and 0.25 – 1 V variable gain control. Detector output is supplied via BNC connector.

Amplified PMTSS-A Power Supply and Controller The PMTSS-APS is an integrated power supply and controller designed to drive the PMTSS-A amplified PMT module. The power supply accepts a 15 V/1 A input that is used to drive the PMTSS-A. A built-in low-noise control voltage supply supports manual gain control of the PMT using the rotary knob on the top of the PMTSS-APS housing. An on/off switch allows the user to power down the PMT while saving the current setpoint. Alternatively, a 0 – 10 V control voltage can be input via a BNC connector for automated control of the PMT gain. A display on the top of the box shows the output voltage to the PMT.

PMTSS-A Single-Channel PMT Module

ITEM # PMTSS2

$

PRICE 6,250.00

DESCRIPTION Dual-Channel PMT Module, Standard Sensitivity

PMTSS2-SCM

$

3,200.00

Single-Channel Add-On Module, Standard Sensitivity

PMTSS

$

2,300.00

Single-Channel PMT Module, Standard Sensitivity

PMTSS-A

$

3,017.44

PMTSS-APS

$

900.00

Amplified PMT Module Power Supply and Voltage Controller for PMTSS-A

157


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

High-Sensitivity Photomultiplier Modules

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n H igh-Sensitivity

PMTs Efficiency n D etect Low Signals from Weak Fluorescing or Photosensitive Samples n C ooled or Compact Non-Cooled Options Available n T ransimpedance Preamplifier • Included with PMT2000 • Built Into PMT2100 Housing • Available Separately as TIA60

Multiphoton Subsystems

n High Quantum

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

PMT2000 Cooled, High-Sensitivity PMT Module (Includes TIA60 Amplifier and Power Supply)

ITEM #

PMT2000

PMT2100

Optical Detector Type

GaAsP

Spectral Response

300 - 720 nm

Peak l Sensitivity

580 nm

Radiant Sensitivity

1.8 x 105 A/W 100 s-1 (Typical) 300 s-1 (Max) 40% @ 580 nm

Dark Counta

PMT2100

Quantum Efficiency

Compact, HighSensitivity PMT Module with Built-In Amplifier

Rise Timeb Ripple Noise (Peak to Peak)b,c Settling Timed

1.00 ns 0.6 mV (Max) 0.2 s

Active Area

Ø5 mm

Electrical

The PMT2000 is a cooled PMT module with an external TIA60 transimpedance amplifier attached to the side of the unit. The PMT itself measures 4.59" x 1.42" x 2.20", while the entire unit with the TIA60 attached is 4.59" x 2.20" x 3.26".

Input Voltage

2.6 V (Max)

Output Current Signal

2 µA (Max)

Control Voltagee Recommended Control Voltage Range General

0.9 V (Max)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

+0.5V to +0.8V

4.59" x 2.20" x 3.26" 3.23" x 1.35" x 1.95" (116.7 mm x 55.9 mm x 82.8 mm) (82.1 mm x 34.3 mm x 49.5 mm)

Operating Temperature

5 to 35 °C

Storage Temperature

-20 to 50 °C

a Control

voltage of 0.8 V, PMT setting temperature of 0 °C, and used with heatsink fan. 20 minutes of storage in darkness. Plateau voltage, PMT setting temperature 0 °C, and used with heatsink fan. c Load resistance of 1 MΩ and a load capacitance of 22 pF. d The time required for the output to reach a stable level following a change in the control voltage from 1.0 V to 0.5 V. e Input Impedance of 100 kΩ b After

We also offer a compact PMT module (PMT2100) that has a built-in amplifier. While this PMT module is non-cooled, its dimensions are only 3.23" x 1.35" x 1.95", which make it ideal for applications where space is limited. To prevent damage to the PMT, each module features an automatic shut off that is triggered when the detected signal exceeds a safe value. Each unit includes an amplifier and a power supply that can be integrated into the electronic control unit of a home-built confocal or multiphoton imaging system. 158

11.5 V to 15.5 V

Input Voltage for Thermoelectric Cooler

High-Sensitivity PMT Quantum Efficiency 100

Quantum Efficiency (%)

Thorlabs offers two High-Sensitivity GaAsP photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) that are useful for imaging weak fluorescing samples.

10 1 0.1 0.01 200

300

400

500

600

Wavelength (nm)

700

800


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

High-Sensitivity Photomultiplier Modules

Femtosecond Technologies

TIA60 SPECIFICATIONS Two PMT2000 High-Sensitivity GaAsP PMT AC Performance Modules Integrated with the CLDS-2HS High- Bandwidtha,b Sensitivity Detection Module for use with Pulse Response Rise/Fall Time Thorlabs’ Confocal System (10% to 90%)

60 MHz 5.5 ns

Pulse Response Settling Time (3%, 0.5 V Output)

16 ns

Transfer Characteristics Min: 29,000 V/A Typical: 30,000 V/A Max: 32,000 V/A

Transimpedancec

Total (Combined Stages, DC) Transresistance (Input Stage Z-Amp, DC)

6.04 kΩ

Input

These PMTs can serve as add-on or replacement PMT modules for our Confocal System (see pages 54 - 65) or can be integrated with our Laser Scanning Essentials Kit (see pages 154 - 155). The units can be controlled using our ThorImageLS software (see pages 66 - 68 for software details) by connecting the power supply to the electronic control unit of the Confocal System or Laser Scanning Essentials Kit. Please note that these PMTs are not designed to be backwards-compatible with older Thorlabs imaging systems. Contact us at ImagingSales@ thorlabs.com to determine if extra components are needed for compatibility with your imaging system.

Linear Input Range

±50 µA (Max)

Maximum Input (+0 V Output Bias)

±100 µA (Max)

Maximum Input (Unipolar, +1.4 V Bias)

±500 µA (Max)

DC Input Impedance

33 Ω

Input Reference

0V

Input Current Noisea (@ 1 MHz, Cin = 4 pF)

4.8 pA/√Hz

Total Input RMS Noisea (DC to 60 MHz)

50 nA

DC Bias (50 Ω Load)

-0.15 V DC (Min) 0 V DC (Typical) +1.5 V DC (Max)

Output Range (50 Ω Load)

-1.5 V to + 1.5 V

Impedance (DC to 60 MHz)

50 Ω

Return Loss (DC to 60 MHz)

15 dB (Min)

The TIA60 Transimpedance Amplifier is included with the PMT2000 module, where it is mounted to the PMT housing, or it can be purchased separately. It is designed to amplify the output signal from a PMT, a PIN or APD photodiode, or another signal that requires transimpedance amplification. It features wide bandwidth from DC to 60 MHz and low noise of 4.8 pA/√Hz at 1 MHz operation.

DC Performance

$

PRICE 6,750.00

PMT2100

$

6,200.00

TIA60

$

950.00

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Output

Slew Rate

ITEM # PMT2000

Confocal Accessories

Noise

Transimpedance Amplifier

The housing is designed to be mounted close to the detector in order to reduce the noise coupled into the low level signal between the detector and the amplifier. It is compatible with our PMTSS photomultiplier modules (except for the PMTSS-A, which already has a built in amplifier) and Hamamatsu H7422 series PMTs.

Multiphoton Subsystems

625 V/µs

Offset Voltage Drift (Average at Output)

±103 µV/°C

General Dimensions Operating Temperature

3.78" x 1" x 2.20" (95.9 mm x 25.4 mm x 55.9 mm) 5 to 55 °C

Storage Temperature

-40 to 55 °C

a Bandwidth

and equivalent input noise current are typical values, which depend on the source capacitance. Keep the source capacitance as low as possible by using short cables at the input to achieve best possible bandwidth and noise performance. b-3 dB bandwidth measured with C = 4 pF and a 2" RG174 coaxial cable. in c Positive Gain: Current is considered positive flowing into the amplifier input and produces a resulting positive output voltage.

TIA60 Transimpedance Amplifier

DESCRIPTION High-Sensitivity GaAsP PMT Module, Cooled, TIA60 Included High-Sensitivity, Compact PMT Module with Built-In TIA60 Amplifier Transimpedance Amplifier

159


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Motorized Pinhole Wheel for Confocal Imaging

Femtosecond Technologies

Features

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

n I ncluded

in all Thorlabs Confocal Microscopy Systems n 1 6 Pinholes: Ø25 µm to Ø2 mm n E nables Quick and Repeatable Pinhole Positioning n E liminates Need for Realignment

n S MA

Fiber Connector for Coupling to PMT/APD Detector n H igh-Precision Encoded Motor n 3 0 mm Cage System Compatible

MPH16

Thorlabs’ MPH16 Motorized Pinhole Wheel enables automated and repeatable positioning of pinholes for applications such as confocal laser scanning microscopy. It is compromised of a chrome-plated glass disk with 16 round pinholes ranging in size from Ø25 µm to Ø2 mm. The disk is manufactured using standard photolithography techniques and is AR coated to further increase the throughput of the system.

Pinhole Diameters • 25 µm • 30 µm • 35 µm • 40 µm • 45 µm • 50 µm • 60 µm • 70 µm

• 80 µm • 90 µm • 100 µm • 125 µm • 200 µm • 300 µm • 1 mm • 2 mm

When imaging with a confocal microscope, it is important to optimize the size of the pinhole for the experimental conditions. The pinhole size should be optimized relative to the numerical aperture (NA) of the objective in order to maximize signal to noise; for samples that produce little light outside of the focal plane, a larger pinhole can help improve throughput. With this in mind, the pinhole sizes in the motorized pinhole wheel were selected to complement common objective NAs and provide a maximum diameter of 2 mm for flexibility. A high-precision, optically encoded motor provides repeatable selection between pinholes without the need for realignment. The detection end has an SMA fiber input for efficient collection of the spatially filtered light. A dovetail adapter plate is also included, which provides compatibility with Thorlabs’ 30 mm cage system.

Have you seen our...

Motorized Microscopy Stages MLS203-1 XY Scanning Stage

For More Details, See Pages 168 – 177 160

The motorized pinhole wheel is integrated with Thorlabs’ Confocal System (see pages 54 – 65) and shown here installed on a Cerna Microscope (see pages 36 - 49).


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Motorized Pinhole Wheel for Confocal Imaging

Femtosecond Technologies

Broadband AR Coating: 350 - 700 nm 1.0

Multiphoton Subsystems

Reflectance (%)

0.8

Pinhole Wheel Mounted to Thorlabs’ Confocal System Scan Head (See Pages 54 - 65 for Details)

0.6

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

0.4

0.2

OCT Components

0.0

Objective Lenses 350

400

450

500

550

600

650

700

Optical Filters

Wavelength (nm)

Pinhole Wheel Coating: 350 – 700 nm

1.31" (33.3 mm)

FLIM Source

3.34" (84.7 mm)

1.30" (33.0 mm)

1.99" (50.4 mm)

1.30" (33.0 mm)

3.34" (84.7 mm)

2.60" (66.0 mm)

MPH16

1.99" (50.4 mm)

SMA

POWER 24 V DC 1.50 A

3.73" (94.8 mm)

ITEM # MPH16

$

PRICE 2,200.00

DESCRIPTION 16-Position Motorized Pinhole Wheel

Have you seen our …

Laser Scanning Essentials Kit Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit is designed to help customers build their own laser scanning microscopy system. The kit includes a galvo-resonant scan head complete with scan and tube lenses, a 2-channel electronic control unit, and a computer with the ThorImageLS™ control software installed. Systems are available that have been optimized for one of two wavelength ranges: 400 - 750 nm or 650 - 1050 nm.

For More Details, See Pages 154 - 155 161


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Motorized Microscope Focus Controller

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Incremental Step: 100 nm (for 100 µm/rev Microscope Fine Focus Knob) n USB Controlled n Encoded Stepper Motor Drive n Controlled Through ThorImageLS™ Software

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

MFC1

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Posts, Post Holders, and CL5 Clamps Included MFC1 Focus Controller Installed with Thorlabs’ Confocal Microscopy System (See Pages 54 – 65) on a Nikon Ti-U Inverted Microscope

The MFC1 Motorized Microscope Focus Controller is a compact module enabling motorized focus control of commercial microscopes such as the Upright Nikon Eclipse FN1. An encoded stepper motor drive ensures repeatable positioning through the fine focus drive of the microscope and provides positional information, even if the fine adjustment is done manually. The motor is capable of adjusting the fine focus continuously across the microscope’s entire adjustment range by engaging the microscope’s fine focus knob. A USB port allows the unit to be controlled with our ThorImageLS™ software (see pages 66 - 69), providing control of the motor through either a text box entry or a slider adjustment.

Installation is easy: simply remove the backing on the tape, center the motor over the fine focus knob, and press the motor onto the knob. 1/4" (M6) slots in the base can be used to attach the unit to an optical table. The motor’s height is adjustable by loosening the cap screws on the sides of the motor using a 3 mm hex key and sliding the unit up or down along the posts. Four CL5 clamps are included to aid in securing the microscope and to keep it from moving once the MFC1 is attached. ITEM # MFC1

$

PRICE 1,850.00

DESCRIPTION Motorized Microscope Focus Controller

Have you seen our...

Microscope Objectives RMS4X 4X Olympus Plan Achromat Objective

N100X-PFO 100X Nikon Oil Immersion Objective

162

Thorlabs offers both air and oil immersion designs of Olympus and Nikon visible imaging objectives. Plan achromat and plan fluorite (also called plan semi-apochromat or plan fluor) objectives are available. These objectives can be used in applications such as traditional microscopy, confocal imaging, and fiber coupling.

See Pages 222 - 225 for Details


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

RGB Combiner: 488, 535, and 640 nm Features Mode Fiber Combiner: 488 nm, 535 nm, and 640 nm Light n T hree FC/PC Input Bulkhead Connectors with 2.2 mm Wide Keys n 1 m of Single Mode Fiber Output with FC/PC Connector and 2 mm Narrow Key

Femtosecond Technologies

n S ingle

Multiphoton Subsystems

Other Wavelength Combinations Available

R: 640 nm G: 535 nm B: 488 nm

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

SPECIFICATIONS Input Wavelengths Bandwidth Insertion Loss

3.6 dB

Polarization-Dependent Loss

< 0.2 dB (Max)

Damage Thresholda

500 mW (CW)

Storage Temperature

0 to 60 ºC -40 to 85 ºC

Output Fiber Type Output Fiber Length Output Fiber Connector Fiber Inputs aFor

FLIM Source

±5 nm (At Each Input Wavelength) (Max)a

Operating Temperature

RGB combiners are often used to illuminate multiple fluorophores in confocal microscopy. The RGB1-FC combiner featured here has FC/PC inputs for red (640 ± 5 nm), green (535 ± 5 nm), and blue (488 ± 5 nm) lasers and couples the combined output into a Ø3 mm jacketed single mode fiber.

488 nm, 535 nm, and 640 nm

460HP 1 m ± 10% FC/PC, 2.0 mm Narrow Key FC/PC, 2.2 mm Wide Key

each leg

For other wavelength combinations and connector options, please contact your local Thorlabs Technical Support team. Fiber Specifications (See Thorlabs’ Website for More Information) FIBER TYPE

MODE FIELD DIAMETER

CLADDING

COATING

CUTOFF WAVELENGTH

3.5 ± 0.5 µm (@ 515 nm)

Ø125 ± 1.5 µm

Ø245 ± 15 µm

430 ± 20 nm

460HP

0.60" (15.2 mm)

5.25" (133.4 mm) FC/PC Narrow Key Output

0.85" (21.6 mm) 1.85" (47.0 mm) 2.85" (72.4 mm)

$

PRICE 2,500.00

4-Channel Fiber-Coupled Laser Source

MCLS1

3.75" (95.3 mm)

See Pages 164 - 165

1 m ±10%

FC/PC Wide Key Bulkhead Input (3 Places) ITEM # RGB1-FC

Have you seen our...

DESCRIPTION 3-Channel (RGB) Visible Laser Combiner

163


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source

Femtosecond Technologies

Features Four n

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

LASER RADIATION

MCLS1

AVOID EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM

CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

400 - 1550 nm Pulse

<100 mW

Laser Output Channels with FC/PC Connectors 7 Available Source Wavelengths Ideal n for Life Science Applications Independent Temperature Control Leads n to High Temperature Stability n Low Noise Output n USB Interface n Low-Profile Package

Thorlabs’ 4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled, Customizable Laser Source consists of four independently controlled fiber-pigtailed laser diodes. Although 32 laser diodes with different power/wavelength combinations are currently available on our website, the seven options featured here are ideal for use in the life sciences. The four laser output channels feature FC/PC connectors as well as a green LED indicator to easily determine which light source(s) is activated. Each unit is shipped with a power cord, USB cord, and manual. Each laser diode is operated from an independent, high-precision, low-noise, constant-current source and temperature control unit. An intuitive LCD interface allows the user to view and set the laser current and temperature control independently for each laser. The display indicates the channel number selected, the output wavelength of the source, the operating power calculated from the laser diode monitor diode, and the actual temperature to which the laser is set. This device includes a microcontroller to fully control the laser’s optical power, its temperature, and to monitor the system for fault conditions. The laser source includes a USB connection that allows remote adjustment of power, temperature, and enabling. On the rear panel, analog inputs are available to modulate the lasers with an external signal. To prevent damage, the SPECIFICATIONS microcontroller will disable Fiber Ports the output if the analog input Display plus the internal set point Input Power Connection Modulation Input Connector exceeds the laser limits. Interlock

164

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Display Power Accuracy

±10%

Current Set Point Resolution

0.01 mA

Temperature Adjust Range

20.00 to 30.00 °C

Temperature Set Point Resolution Noise

±0.01 °C <0.5% Typical (Source Dependent)

Rise/Fall Time Modulation Input Modulation Bandwidth

<5 µs 0 - 5 V = 0 - Full Power 80 kHz Full Depth of Modulation

FC/PC LCD, 16 x 2 Alphanumeric Characters IEC Connector BNC (Referenced to Chassis) 2.5 mm Mono Phono Jack

Available Wavelengths:* • 405 nm • 473 nm • 488 nm • 520 nm • 638 nm • 642 nm • 660 nm

Communications

*Additional Wavelengths Available Online

Operating Temperature

15 to 35 °C

Storage Temperature

0 to 50 °C

Communications Port COM Connection USB Cable Included

USB 2.0 USB Type B Connector 2 m USB Type A to Type B Cable (Replacement Part Number USB-A-79)

General AC Input Input Power Fuse Fuse Size Dimensions (W x H x D) Weight

100 - 240 VAC, 50 - 60 Hz 35 VA (Max) 250 mA [IEC60127 - 2/III, (250 V, Slow Blow Type ‘T’)] 5 mm x 20 mm 12.6" x 2.5" x 10.6" (320 mm x 64 mm x 269 mm) 8.5 lbs (3.9 kg)


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source The table below lists the seven laser diodes with wavelength/ power combinations ideal for the life sciences. Choose up to four laser diodes and add the individual cost of each source to the MCLS1 base unit price. Additional wavelength options are available on our website.

Femtosecond Technologies

MCLS1 with fiber-pigtailed laser diodes providing output at 405 nm, 520 nm, 642 nm, and 660 nm costs: $3,600.00 + $1,390.00 + $875.00 + $650.00 + $336.00 = $6,851.00. EXAMPLE

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

Wavelength Options (Choose Four) MINIMUM ITEM #

λ

Microscopy Stages

TYPICAL LASER POWER POWER TYPE FIBERa PRICE

MCLS1-405-30

405 nm

24 mW

28 mW

Fabry-Perot

S405-HP

$

1,390.00

MCLS1-473-20

473 nm

15 mW

20 mW

Fabry-Perot

460HP

$

5,200.00

MCLS1-488

488 nm

18 mW

22 mW

Fabry-Perot

460HP

$

4,800.00

MCLS1-520

520 nm

8.0 mW

10.0 mW

Fabry-Perot

460HP

$

875.00

MCLS1-638

638 nm

10 mW

15 mW

Fabry-Perot

SM600

$

460.00

MCLS1-642

642 nm

15 mW

20 mW

Fabry-Perot

SM600

$

650.00

MCLS1-660

660 nm

15 mW

17 mW

Fabry-Perot

SM600

$

336.00

aThis

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

fiber is incorporated in the unit behind each bulkhead.

FLIM Source

MCLS1 Laser Source ITEM # MCLS1 aPrice

$

PRICEa DESCRIPTION 3,600.00 4-Channel Laser Source, TEC Stabilized, USB, Controller Only

listed is for base system, excluding sources. The unit must be purchased with at least one pigtail installed. If you leave a channel blank, the laser will be shipped without a pigtail in that channel.

Single Mode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources Features Output n

Wavelength: 405, 635, or 660 nm Single Mode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Low Noise, Stable Output n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to Full Power) n ITEM #

S1FC635

Wavelength

S1FC405

S1FC635

S1FC660

Min

395 nm

625 nm

645 nm

Typical

405 nm

635 nm

660 nm

Max

415 nm 8.0 mW (Min)

640 nm 2.5 mW (Min)

15.0 mW (Min)

­FC/PC Connector Full Output Power

These Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources conveniently package a 405 nm, 635 nm, or 660 nm pigtailed Fabry-Perot laser diode and current controller into a single benchtop unit. The laser diode is pigtailed to a single mode fiber that is terminated at an FC/PC bulkhead (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) attached to the front panel of the unit. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power.

Fiber Mode Field Diametera Numerical Aperture Stability

S405-HP

SM600

2.9 µm @ 405 nm

4.3 - 4.6 µm

0.12

0.10 - 0.14

15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: ±0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-up at 25 ±10 ºC Ambient)

Display Accuracy

±10%

Set Point Resolution

0.01 mW

Adjustment Range

~0 mW to Full Power

Operating Temperature

15 to 35 ºC

Storage Temperature

0 to 50 ºC

Output Fiber Connector aThe

665 nm

FC/PC, Wide 2.1 mm Key Compatible

mode field diameter is specified as a nominal value.

The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. ITEM # S1FC405

$

PRICE 1,583.04

S1FC635

$

1,331.10

FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 635 nm, 2.5 mW, Class 3R, SM Fiber

S1FC660

$

1,449.20

FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 635 nm, 15.0 mW, Class 3B, SM Fiber

Additional Wavelengths Available on Our Website

DESCRIPTION FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Benchtop Laser Source, 405 nm, 8.0 mW, Class 3B, SM Fiber

165


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

TEC-Cooled, Single Mode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources

Femtosecond Technologies

These Fiber-Coupled Laser Sources feature an integrated TEC element that is used to stabilize the temperature of a Fabry-Perot laser diode, which in turn stabilizes the output power and wavelength of the laser diode for a given drive current. The laser diode is pigtailed to a single mode fiber that is terminated at an FC/PC bulkhead connector (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) on the front panel. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Additional Wavelengths Available on Our Website

Features n Output

Wavelength: 405, 473, or 488 nm n Single Mode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to Full Power) n Thermoelectric Temperature Stabilization n Low Noise, Highly Stable Output n Adjustable Temperature Set Point: 20 to 30 °C

The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. S3FC405 Actively Stabilized Power and Temperature

ITEM # Center Wavelength (Typical) Wavelength Rangea Output Power

S3FC405

S3FC473

405 nm

473 nm

488 nm

395 - 415 nm

468 - 478 nm

483 - 488 nm

6.0 mW (Max)

20 mW (Max)

20 mW (Max)

S405-HP Single Mode Fiber (Approximate Core Size: 2.9 µm)b

Fiber

S460-HP Single Mode Fiber (Approximate Core Size: 3.4 µm)c

15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: ±0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-up at 25 ± 10 ºC Ambient)

Stability Display Accuracy (mW)

±10 % of Actual

Set Point Resolution

0.01 mW

Adjustment Range

~0 mW to Full Power

TEC Specifications Stability

0.005 °C / 1 °C

Set Point Accuracy

±0.25 °C

Set Point Resolution

±0.1 °C

Adjustment Range

20 ± 1 °C to 30 ± 1 °C

Environmental Operating Temperature

15 to 35 °C

Storage Temperature

0 to 50 °C

AC Input

115/230 VAC (Switch Selectable) 50 - 60 Hz

Modulation Input

0 - 5 V = 0 - Full Power , DC or Sine Wave Input Only

Modulation Bandwidth

5 kHz Full Depth of Modulation; 30 kHz Small Signal Modulation

aThe center wavelength is a nominal value. The actual wavelength may vary. bThe Mode Field Diameter is 2.9 µm at 405 nm. This is a nominal, calculated value, estimated at the operating wavelength, using a typical NA and cutoff wavelength. cThe Mode Field Diameter is 3.4 µm at 515 nm. This is a nominal, calculated value, estimated at the operating wavelength, using a typical NA and cutoff wavelength.

166

S3FC488

ITEM # S3FC405

$

PRICE 1,950.00

DESCRIPTION FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 405 nm, 6 mW, Class 3B

S3FC473

$

7,635.92

FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 473 nm, 20 mW, Class 3B

S3FC488

$

7,981.50

FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source with TEC, 488 nm, 20 mW, Class 3B


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Multimode, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Output

Wavelength: 473 nm n Multimode FC/PC Fiber Interface n Low Noise, Stable Output n Front Panel Control of Laser Power (0 to 50 mW) S1FC473MM FC/PC Connector

This Fiber-Coupled Laser Source is ideal for many optogenetics applications. It includes a pigtailed Fabry-Perot laser diode and current controller in a single benchtop unit. The laser diode is pigtailed to a multimode fiber that is terminated at an FC/ PC bulkhead (wide 2.1 mm key compatible) attached to the front panel of the unit. The front panel includes a display that shows the output power in milliwatts, an on/off key, an enable button, and a knob to adjust the laser power. The back panel includes an input that allows the laser diode drive current to be controlled via an external voltage source and a remote interlock input. All of our fiber-pigtailed lasers utilize an angled fiber ferrule at the internal laser/ fiber launch point to minimize reflections back into the laser diode, thereby increasing the stability of the laser diode’s output. ITEM # S1FC473MM

S1FC473MM

Wavelength

473 nm

Output Power*

50 mW (Max) 15 min: ±0.05 dB, 24 hr: 0.1 dB (After 1 hr Warm-Up at 25 ± 10 °C Ambient)

Display Accuracy

OCT Components

Optical Filters FLIM Source

0.1 mW ~0 mW to Full Power

Operating Temperature

15 to 35 °C

Storage Temperature

0 to 50 °C

Fiber

Microscopy Stages

±10%

Set Point Resolution Adjustment Range

Confocal Accessories

Objective Lenses

ITEM #

Stability

Multiphoton Subsystems

SFS105/125Y Multimode Fiber (Core Size: Ø105 µm)

*Output power ranges from 0 - 50 mW. Due to variations between laser diodes, maximum output power may be higher.

Front Panel

Back Panel

PRICE DESCRIPTION $ 6,910.00 FC/PC Fiber-Coupled Laser Source, 473 nm, Class 3B, Multimode Fiber

Have you seen our …

Laser Scanning Essentials Kit Thorlabs’ Laser Scanning Essentials Kit is designed to help customers build their own laser scanning microscopy system. The kit includes a galvo-resonant scan head complete with scan and tube lenses, a 2-channel electronic control unit, and a computer with the ThorImageLS™ control software installed. Systems are available that have been optimized for one of two wavelength ranges: 400 - 750 nm or 650 - 1050 nm.

For More Details, See Pages 154 - 155 167


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

XY Microscopy Stage Systems MLS203-1 Stage Shown on an Inverted Olympus Microscope on a ScienceDesk™. MJC001 2-Axis Joystick is also shown. Other microscopes are supported as well.

Features n Compatible

with Select Upright and Inverted Microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss n Low-Profile, Compact Footprint n High-Speed Travel Up to 250 mm/s n Linear Optical Encoders n High Repeatability (0.25 µm) and Positional Accuracy (<3 µm) n Range of Sample Holders Available (See Pages 172 - 173) n Joystick Console for Remote Operation Available n Combine with our Z-Axis Piezo Stage for a Complete 3D Positioning System (See Pages 174 - 176)

Thorlabs’ Motorized XY Stage Systems have been designed as drop-in replacements for the manual stages on a variety of upright and inverted microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss to provide motorized positioning of microscopy samples. Each system consists of the MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY stage, the recommended BBD202 controller, a mounting bracket if necessary, an MJC001 Joystick Console, and any of our optional adapters for holding slides, Petri dishes, multiwell plates, and mounted metallurgical specimens. Please see the table on the following page for a full summary of microscope and component compatibility. Contact technical support concerning compatibility with other microscopes. Characterized by high-speed scanning capabilities and high positional accuracy, these stages are ideal for

manually or automatically positioning a wide range of specimens and samples in many types of microscopy or imaging techniques and applications. Very precise manual fine positioning and control at the cellular level is easily achieved through the combination of a stable closed-loop control system and an associated joystick option. In addition, the stages can be combined with our Z-Axis Piezo Stage (see pages 174 - 176) to form an XYZ stage ideally suited for laser scanning microscopy. SPECIFICATIONS Travel Speed Acceleration Bidirectional Repeatability Unidirectional Repeatability Horizontal Load Capacity (Max)

0.25 µm 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs) 0.1 µm 0.25 µm

Settling Time within 1 µm (600 g Load) Settling Time within 0.1 µm (600 g Load) Weight (Including Cables)

168

0.25 µm

Home Location Accuracy

Max Percentage Accuracy

MLS203-1

250 mm/s (Max) 2000 mm/s2 (Max)

Achievable Incremental Movement (Min) Absolute On-Axis Accuracy

Stage with MLS203P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder and Slide

110 mm x 75 mm (4.3" x 2.95")

<3 µm X-Axis: 0.0027% Y-Axis: 0.004% 0.1 s 0.6 s 3.2 kg (7.0 lbs)

Bearing Type

Precision Linear Bearing

Motor Type

Brushless DC Linear Motor

Dimensions (Mid Travel)

280.5 mm x 230.0 mm x 31.0 mm (11.04" x 9.05" x 1.22")

Recommended Controller

BBD202


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XY Microscopy Stage Systems Microscope Compatibility STAGE

MOUNTING BRACKET

Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L

MLS203-1

MLSA06

Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti

MLS203-1

MLSA03

Nikon Eclipse FN1

MLS203-1

MLSA07

Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 MLS203-1

MLSA08

Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81

MLS203-1

MLSA02

Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40

MLS203-2

None Needed

Optical Breadboard / Custom Configuration

MLS203-1

MLSA01

MICROSCOPEa

OPTIONAL SPECIMEN HOLDERS AND ACCESSORIES MLS203P1: Multiwell Plate Adapter

CONTROLLER

MLS203P2: Slide / Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes C4SH01: Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MLS203P3: Blank Adapter Plate BBD202

MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Tapped Breadboard Plate MLS203P4: M6-Tapped Breadboard Plate MLS203P9: Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes MLS203P11: Recessed Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes MJC001: 2-Axis Joystick Controller

aWe

support additional microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica with custom mounting brackets. Please contact Technical Support to inquire about bracket availability if your microscope model is not listed above.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Controller for XY Microscopy Stages With the latest digital and analog techniques and high-bandwidth, high-power servo control circuitry, the BBD202 Dual-Channel Benchtop DC Servo Controller is designed to drive the MLS203 series of stages and allows users to gain the full benefit of the motors used in these stages. Ideal for motion control applications demanding operation at high speeds (hundreds of mm/s) and high encoder resolution (<100 nm), this controller provides user-configurable, S-curve acceleration/ deceleration profiles that enable fast, smooth positioning without vibration or shock to delicate biological samples under investigation.

FLIM Source

BBD202

Dual-Channel Controller

Specifications n Drive

Connector: 8-Pin DIN, Round, Female n Feedback Connector: 15-Pin D-Type n AUX Connector: 15-Pin D-Type n Continuous Drive Output: 5 A n PWM Frequency: 40 kHz n Operating Modes: Position and Velocity n Control Algorithm: 16-Bit Digital PID Servo Loop with Velocity and Acceleration Feed Forward n Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal or S-Curve n Position Count: 32 Bit

n Position

Feedback: Incremental Encoder n Encoder Bandwidth: 2.5 MHz, 10 M Counts/s n Encoder Power Supply: 5 V n Input Power Requirements: • Voltage: 100 – 240 VAC • Power: 250 VA • Fuse: 3.15 A • Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz n Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 240 mm x 337.9 mm x 124.8 mm (9.5" x 13.3" x 4.9") n Weight: 6.1 kg (13.42 lbs)

Rear Panel of BBD202 Controller

169


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XY Microscopy Stage Systems

Femtosecond Technologies

This controller is equipped with Thorlabs’ standard aptTM control and programming interface, enabling easy integration into automated motion control applications. For greater flexibility, communication with a PC is supported using either a USB or RS232 serial interface. USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC operation. Additionally, an included, fully documented software development kit (SDK) supports all major development languages running on Windows and comes in the form of ActiveX libraries or a conventional dynamic link library (DLL).

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

The BBD202 controller for our MLS203 XY stage is also compatible with the Meta Imaging Series Software from Molecular Devices. The Meta Series includes MetaMorph NX, MetaMorph, MetaFluor, and MetaVue.

A Live View of the Sample

User Interface from apt™ Software

Absolute Position Window (Stage Movements Defined by Relative Position and a Scan Setting are Also Possible)

2-Axis Joystick Console for XY Microscopy Stages Thorlabs’ MJC001 Joystick Console is designed for microscope users and enables intuitive, tactile, manual positioning of a stage. This highly reliable, Hall effect joystick features XY control, a speed adjustment for fast or high-precision movement, and a high-quality, anodized aluminum casing.

Close Up of the MJC001 Joystick Top Panel

Features n Speed

MJC001 Joystick

170

Adjustment for Fast or High Precision Moves n Speed Dial for Sensitivity Adjustment n Ergonomic Design n High-Quality Machined Anodized Aluminum Casing n High-Reliability Hall Effect Joystick


Imaging Components

XY Microscopy Stage Systems Mounting Brackets/Adapters for MLS203 Stages These mounting brackets and adapters allow the MLS203-1 XY Microscopy Stage to be mounted to various upright and inverted microscopes from Nikon and Olympus or to a breadboard for use with a custombuilt microscope. Please refer to the table below for specific information on compatibility.

MICROSCOPE TYPE Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81

UPRIGHT/ INVERTED

MOUNTING BRACKET

Inverted

MLSA02

Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61

Upright

MLSA08

Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti

Inverted

MLSA03

Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L

Upright

MLSA06

Nikon Eclipse FN1

Upright

MLSA07

N/A

MLSA01

Custom-Built on Breadboard

MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.

OCT Components Objective Lenses

MLSA01

Breadboard Mounting Brackets (31.5 mm Height)

Optical Filters FLIM Source

MLS203 Stage Shown with MLSA01 Mounting Bracket

MLSA02

MLSA03

XY Microscopy Stage System for Zeiss Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-2

PRICE $ 6,799.00

DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Zeiss Microscopes (Controller Not Included)

BBD202

$ 2,959.28

2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller

MJC001

$

995.00

MLSA06

2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console

XY Microscopy Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-1

PRICE $ 6,799.00

DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (Controller Not Included)

BBD202

$ 2,959.28

2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller

MJC001

$

995.00

2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console

MLSA08

Adapters for XY Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes (Choose One)* ITEM # MLSA02

$

PRICE 105.00

DESCRIPTION Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81 Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces

MLSA08

$

350.00

Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 Mounting Adapter

MLSA03

$

129.00

Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces

MLSA06

$

350.00

Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L Mounting Adapter

MLSA07

$

350.00

Nikon Eclipse FN1 Mounting Adapter

MLSA01

$

155.00

Breadboard/Optical Table Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 and Custom-Built Microscopes, 31.5 mm Height

*The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.

MLSA07 171


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XY Microscopy Stage: Slide Holders and Accessory Plates

Femtosecond Technologies

A range of accessory plates are available for use with our MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY Microscopy Stages featured on pages 168 - 171. They allow the positioning of standard microscope slides, multiwell plates, Petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

Slide/Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

MLS203 Stage with MLS203P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder Fitted

MLS203P2

Optical Filters FLIM Source

n Compatible

with Standard Microscope Slides n Compatible with Petri Dishes Measuring Ă˜30 mm to Ă˜60 mm Multi-Slide Holder for Upright or Inverted Microscopes Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (Measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.0 mm or 1" x 3" x 0.4") and 18 mm x 18 mm x 1.0 mm Calibration Targets n Holds up to Three Slides and One Calibration Target MLS203P9 n

Recessed Slide Holder for Upright Microscopes n Compatible

with Standard Microscope Slides (Measuring 25 mm x 75 mm x 1.0 mm or 1" x 3" x 0.4") and 18 mm x 18 mm x 1.0 mm Calibration Targets n Allows the Microscope Condenser to be Positioned within 1.5 mm (0.06") of the Slide Surface MLS203P11

Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MLS203 Stage with C4SH01 Slide Holder Tray (Requires the MLS203P1 Plate Adapter)

C4SH01 n Plastic

Holder is Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) n Mount up to Four Slides for Automated Tissue and Tissue Microarray Analysis n Requires MLS203P1 Adapter Plate (See Next Page) 172


Imaging Components

XY Microscopy Stage: Slide Holders and Accessory Plates

MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies

Multiwell Plate Adapter

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages MLS203 Stage with MLS203P1 Multiwell Plate Adapter Fitted Close Up of Clip

MLS203P1

n Compatible

with Standard Well Plates n Clip Holder to Secure Well Plates in Place

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Blank Adapter Plate

MLS203 Stage with MLS203P3 Blank Adapter Plate Fitted

n Ideal

for Custom or Non-Standard Applications n Easily Drilled and Tapped

MLS203P3

Breadboard Plates

MLS203 Stage with MLS203P4 Breadboard Fitted

n 35

Imperial or Metric Taps • MLS203P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers • MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers

MLS203P4 Slide Holders ITEM # MLS203P2

$

PRICE 450.00

DESCRIPTION Slide/Petri Dish Holder for Inverted Microscopes

MLS203P9

$

460.00

Multi-Slide Holder for Upright and Inverted Microscopes

MLS203P11

$

395.00

Recessed Slide Holder for Upright Microscopes

C4SH01

$

77.00

Multi Slide Holder for Inverted Microscopes

ITEM # MLS203P1

$

PRICE 400.00

MLS203P3

$

150.00

Blank Adapter Plate

MLS203P4

$

200.00

Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps

MLS203P5

$

200.00

Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps

Accessory Plates DESCRIPTION Multiwell Plate Adapter

173


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems

Femtosecond Technologies

The MLS203/MZS500-E motorized XYZ microscope stage system presents a 3D positioning solution for applications such as Z-axis slicing or 3D image collection, including laser scanning microscopy. It provides active feedback to compensate for thermal changes and other factors that might lead to stage drift. The closed-loop, active feedback ensures correct positioning with submicron repeatability and Z-axis resolution of 25 nm, making this stage system ideal for applications that require highly accurate focus control.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

To build a complete XYZ motorized microscopy stage package, purchase both the MLS203 XY Scanning Stage and the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage along with their respective controllers and the mounting brackets for the MLS203 stage. Optional Z-axis stage accessories can also be purchased below. The table below outlines the items that should be purchased to form a complete XYZ stage package for various microscopes. Contact technical support concerning compatibility with other microscopes.

MZS500 Specifications

MZS500 Features

n Travel:

n Provides

500 µm n Resolution (Closed Loop): 25 nm n Load Capacity: 0.25 kg (0.5 lb) n Settling Time: 30 ms Typical (for 10 µm Step) n Resonant Frequency: 100 Hz (±10%), 0.25 kg Load n Dimensions: 226 mm x 150 mm x 25 mm (8.9" x 5.9" x 0.98") n Controller: BPC301 (Included)

MICROSCOPEa

STAGE MLS203-1

MLSA06

Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti

MLS203-1

MLSA03

Nikon Eclipse FN1

MLS203-1

MLSA07

Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 MLS203-1

MLSA08

Olympus IX71, IX73 and IX81

MLS203-1

MLSA02

Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40

MLS203-2

None Needed

Optical Breadboard / Custom Configuration

MLS203-1

MLSA01

support additional microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica with custom mounting brackets. Please contact Technical Support to inquire about bracket availability if your microscope model is not listed above.

bController

MetaMorph® and LabVIEW™ Compatible

XYZ Control when Paired with an MLS203 XY Travel Stage n Accurate Sample Positioning n Directly Compatible with Multiwell Plates n Range of Samples Holders Available (See Page 177) n Includes Controller

XY STAGE XY STAGE MOUNTING BRACKET CONTROLLER

Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i and Ci-L

aWe

174

MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage Mounted to an MLS203-1 XY Microscopy Stage, Shown Attached to a Nikon Eclipse Ti-U Microscope

BBD202

Included with Stage

Z-AXIS STAGEb

OPTIONAL SPECIMEN HOLDERS AND ACCESSORIESc

MZS500P2: Slide/Petri Dish Holder C4SH01: Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder MZS500P3: Blank Adapter Plate MZS500-E MZS500P5: 1/4"-20 Tapped Breadboard Plate MZS500P4: M6 Tapped Breadboard Plate MZF001: Z-Axis Joystick Console MJC001: XY Joystick Console cWhen

using the z-axis stage, the specimen holders and accessories specific to it must be used.


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems Controller ­­Specifications Piezoelectric Output: SMC Male n Voltage (Software Control): 0 – 150 V n Voltage (External Input): -10 to +10 VDC n Current: 500 mA (Max) Continuous n Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hours (After 30 Min. Warm-Up Time) n Noise: <3 mV RMS n Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1 – 20 µF n Bandwidth: 1.0 kHz, Digital Closed Loop n Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 152 mm x 244 mm x 104 mm (6" x 9.6" x 4.1")

MZS500-E

Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage Kit Including BPC301 Controller

n

Controller Features n High

Current Output n Closed-Loop PID Position or Capacitive Feedback Circuit n Quiet High-Resolution Position Control n Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability n Open-Loop, High-Bandwidth Piezo Positioning n Full Software Control Suite Supplied n Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n 3 m (9.75') Cable Included

Stage Control Via Metamorph

Patent # 8, 484, 859, B2

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

The Piezo Controller, supplied with the MZS500-E Piezo Stage, is a one-channel, highpower benchtop piezo controller for open- and closed-loop nanometer position control. It features switchable voltage outputs and supports capacitive as well as strain gauge feedback.

Optical Filters FLIM Source

Flexible software settings make this unit highly configurable and therefore suitable for driving a wide range of piezo elements in third-party products. A waveform generation capability, combined with triggering outputs, makes this unit particularly well suited for piezo scanning applications.

Joystick Consoles for XYZ Microscopy Stages Thorlabs’ MJC001 XY-Axis and MZF001 Z-Axis Joystick Consoles are designed for microscope users and enable intuitive, tactile, manual positioning of a stage. When used together, these highly reliable, Hall effect joysticks feature XYZ control, speed adjustment for fast or highprecision movement, and a highquality, anodized aluminum casting.

MJC001

XY-Axis Joystick Console

MZF001

Z-Axis Joystick Console

MZS500-E

Z-Axis Piezo Stage Being Attached to the Motorized XY Scanning Stage A Live View of the Sample Absolute Position Window (Stage Movements Defined by Relative Position and a Scan Setting are Also Possible)

175


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

XYZ Microscopy Stage Systems

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

BBD202

Recommended Controller for XY Stages

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

MLS203-2

XY Stage for Zeiss Microscopes

XY Stage Features n High-Speed

XY Travel Up to 250 mm/s n Linear Optical Encoders n High Repeatability (0.25 Îźm) and Positional Accuracy (<3 Îźm) n See Pages 168 - 171 for More Details

The MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage fits directly on top of either the MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY Stages for a complete 3D translation solution. When combined with the appropriate adapter, the MLS203-1 provides compatibility with Olympus and Nikon microscopes, while the MLS203-2 provides compatibility with Zeiss microscopes with no adapters required.

The BBD202 Controller is recommended for use with both stages. Characterized by high-speed scanning capabilities and high positional accuracy, these stages are ideal for manually or automatically positioning a wide range of specimens and samples in many types of microscopy or imaging techniques and applications. Very precise manual fine positioning and control at the cellular level is easily achieved through the combination of a stable closed-loop control system and an associated joystick option (MJC001).

MLS203-1/ MZS500 XYZ Stage System shown with an Olympus Inverted Microscope

XYZ Axis Stage System for Zeiss Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-2

PRICE $ 6,799.00

DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Zeiss Microscopes (Controller Not Included)

BBD202

$ 2,959.28

2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller

MZS500-E

$ 10,495.00

Z-Axis Piezo Stage with Controller

MJC001

$ 995.00

Joystick Console for XY Axes

MZF001

$ 995.00

Joystick Console for Z Axis

XYZ Axis Stage System for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes ITEM # MLS203-1

PRICE $ 6,799.00

DESCRIPTION Fast XY Scanning Stage for Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (Controller Not Included)

BBD202

$ 2,959.28

2-Channel Benchtop, 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller

MZS500-E

$ 10,495.00

Z-Axis Piezo Stage with Controller

MJC001

$ 995.00

Joystick Console for XY Axes

MZF001

$ 995.00

Joystick Console for Z Axis

Adapters for XYZ Stage System for Olympus or Nikon Microscopes (Choose One)* ITEM # MLSA02

PRICE $ 105.00

DESCRIPTION Olympus IX71, IX73, and IX81 Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces

MLSA08

$ 350.00

Olympus BX41, BX43, BX51, BX53, and BX61 Mounting Adapter

MLSA03

$ 129.00

Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti Mounting Brackets, 2 Pieces

MLSA06

$ 350.00

Nikon 50i, 80i, 90i, and Ci-L Mounting Adapter

MLSA07

$ 350.00

Nikon Eclipse FN1 Mounting Adapter

MLSA01

$ 155.00

Breadboard/Optical Table Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 and Custom-Built Microscopes, 31.5 mm Height

*The MLS203-2 XY microscopy stage is directly compatible with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40 microscopes and is not compatible with any of these adapters.

176


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage: Accessory Plates Thorlabs offers a range of accessory adapters that can be used with our MZS500-E Z-Axis Piezo Stage and Controller. They allow positioning of standard microscope slides, Petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens.

n Compatible

Microscopy Stages

MZS500P2

MZS500P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage with a Stage Micrometer

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Four-Position Microscope Slide Holder Holder is Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) n Mount up to Four Slides for Automated Tissue and Tissue Microarray Analysis n Requires MLS203P1 Adapter Plate (Sold Below)

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

Slide/Petri Dish Holder with Standard Microscope Slides (25 mm x 75 mm) and Ø30 mm to Ø60 mm Petri Dishes n Can be Used with Imperial or Metric Accessories

Femtosecond Technologies

FLIM Source

n Plastic

C4SH01

MLS203 Stage with C4SH01 Slide Holder Tray (Requires the MLS203P1 Plate Adapter on Page 173)

Blank Adapter Plate n Ideal

for Custom or Non-Standard Applications n Easily Drilled and Tapped

MZS500P3 Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage

MZS500P3

Breadboard Plates n 15

Imperial or Metric Taps • MZS500P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers • MZS500P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers

MZS500P5 Mounted in the MZS500-E Z-Axis Stage

MZS500P5 Z-Axis Piezo Stage Accessories ITEM # MZS500P2

PRICE $ 400.00

C4SH01

$

MZS500P3

$ 150.00

Blank Adapter Plate

MZS500P4

$ 200.00

Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps

MZS500P5

$ 200.00

Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps

77.00

DESCRIPTION Slide/Petri Dish Holder Multi Slide Holder for Inverted Microscopes

177


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies

Electrophysiology Platform Overview Gibraltar Series Platforms

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

n Ultra-Stable

Platform n Ideal for Multi-Site Electrophysiology n Large Stage Provides Space for Manipulators and Other Instrumentation n Manual and Motorized Versions Available n Stage Hole Pattern on 1" Centers n Stage Supported by 4 Adjustable-Height Pillars n Compatible with Olympus, Nikon, Zeiss, and Leica

PHYS24 Shown with Nikon FN1 Microscope

Thorlabs offers two lines of Electrophysiology Stages: the Gibraltar series (shown above) from Thorlabs’ acquisition of the Burleigh® Electrophysiology product line and the PHYS24 series (shown right) developed internally. Both are now manufactured and supported by Thorlabs. There are many similarities between the two product lines and a few differences, which are summarized below.

Top Plate

Manual Stage

178

GIBRALTAR SERIES (SEE PAGES 179 – 184)

PHYS24 SERIES (SEE PAGES 185 – 187)

Cast Aluminum Stage with 1/4" Through Holes on 1" Centers Magnetic Stainless Steel Honeycomb Stage with 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers

Aluminum Honeycomb Stage with 1/4"-20 (M6) Taps on 1" (25 mm) Centers

XY Translation Range: 1" Micrometer Graduation: 25 µm Mechanism for Locking Stage Position

XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) Micrometer Vernier Graduation: 10 µm No Lock for Stage Position

Motorized Stage

XY Translation Range: 1" Resolution: <5 µm (at Min Speed of 3.0 µm/s)

Motorized Stage Control

Joystick with Buttons for Two Preset Locations

Supported Microscopes

Olympus BX70, BX71, BX50W1, & BX51WI Zeiss Axioskop FS, Axioskop 2FS, & Axio Examiner Nikon FN1 & E600FN Leica DM LFS

Unencoded Stage XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) On-Axis Accuracy: 10 µm Max Speed: 1 mm/s Encoded Stage XY Translation Range: 2" (50 mm) On-Axis Accuracy: 3 µm Max Speed: 4 mm/s Thorlabs apt™ Software Package (Includes a Graphical User Interface and SDK) Nikon FN1


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology n Compatible

with Olympus, Zeiss, Nikon, and Leica Microscopes n Designed to Integrate Micromanipulators n Solid Aluminum or Stainless Steel Breadboard n Manual Micrometer or Stepper Motor Control

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Burleigh®, a division of Thorlabs, manufactures leading edge equipment for electrophysiology research such as the Gibraltar® Platforms. These platforms are a stable and flexible mechanical solution for electrophysiology research. The XY platform provides reliable and reproducible movement, either manual or motorized, of the microscope relative to the Gibraltar stage. This allows the user to change the field of view (FOV) without moving the sample itself, thus preventing disruption to patch recording.

Applications n Multiple-Patch

Experiments n Time-Lapse Photography n Photolysis and Patch Clamping n Recording in Different Field of Views n Whole Specimen Imaging

Gibraltar platforms can support the installation of multiple micromanipulators, chambers, or other instruments around the microscope objective while providing superior mechanical and thermal stability. This stability is particularly important in sensitive electrophysiology research such as multiple patching. The platform has four large-diameter columns that rigidly support the platform, enabling it to be directly bolted to an optical table or mounted to our baseplate. When combined with our micromanipulators, the Gibraltar platform gives unparalleled control over pipette and microscope position.

Baseplate Our Gibraltar Platform is available with or without an attachable baseplate that has rubber grommet feet to prevent accidental movement and provide vibrational isolation. Both options are a secure, stable, and static mounting solution for our platform. The baseplate allows position flexibility, giving the user the option to move the platform without deconstructing it first. When purchased without a baseplate, the Gibraltar platform is mounted directly to any imperial or metric optical table or to a ScienceDesk™ (see pages 354 - 367).

Baseplate with Rubber Feet

179


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology Top Plate Options Our Gibraltar Electrophysiology platforms are available with either a solid aluminum or stainless steel top plate. The 1/2" solid aluminum top plate delivers a stable platform for mounting hardware and equipment near the microscope objective. With through holes for 1/4"-20 (M6) bolts, this plate can be integrated with either imperial or metric devices. Our stainless steel top plate offers several advantages over the solid aluminum plate. The low coefficient of expansion for stainless steel provides excellent thermal stability, while the honeycomb structure furnishes vibrational damping. This honeycomb top plate has 1/4"-20 tapped holes, allowing hardware to be directly mounted to the surface with hex screws. Each tapped hole is sealed with a nylon-based cup, so liquid spills on the surface will not drip down onto the microscope. Additionally, the plate is magnetic, allowing the user to place hardware in the optimal position through the use of a magnetic base. The honeycomb structure provides excellent thermal stability and vibrational damping.

Aluminum Top Plate

Stainless Steel Top Plate

Translation Options The Gibraltar’s XY translation stage for microscope position manipulation is available with either manual or motorized translators. Manual Translation Manual translation is accomplished through two simple, yet precise, mechanical micrometers. These micrometers provide 1" (25.4 mm) of translation in both directions with a resolution of less than 5 µm. Additionally, these micrometers feature a friction lock, allowing the user the ability to lock down the translation stage, preventing movement of the microscope Manual Translation Stage relative to the sample. Motorized Translation The motorized option has two fast and precise stepper motors that provide 1" of translation in both directions with a resolution of 5 µm. The motorized translation stage offers several advantages over the manual version. These motors utilize a simple joystick for user interface that can translate the stage in both the X and Y directions. Two speeds (0.4 mm/s and 3.0 µm/s) are available for user convenience. The joystick gives the user the ability to save two independent positions to memory. The saved positions can be recalled at the touch of a button, ideal for experiments that demand quick and accurate investigation of two different fields of Motorized Translation Stage view within the same sample. 180


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Gibraltar® Platforms for Electrophysiology Thorlabs offers four versions of our motorized and four versions of our manual Gibraltar platform for use with select microscopes from Olympus, Zeiss, Nikon, and Leica. Our platform can support the installation of multiple micromanipulators, chambers, or other instruments around the microscope objective while providing superior mechanical and thermal stability. A hardware kit for assembling the Gibraltar platform is included. The Gibraltar platform’s flexibility and solid design provides an ideal solution for any electrophysiology system. Its heavy-duty frame can support numerous experimental apparatuses up to 25 lbs (11.34 kg) of weight, damps vibrations, and is compact enough to be incorporated onto an optical table. Its modularity and adjustability allows this platform to accommodate various microscopes, hardware, and purpose.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems GIBRALTAR PLATFORM TOP (CHOOSE ONE) Material

Black Epoxy-Coated Aluminum

Magnetic Stainless Steel

Dimensions

23.6" × 17" × 0.5"

23.6" × 17" × 1.25"

Hole Pattern

1/4" Holes on 1" Centers

1/4"-20 Holes on 1" Centers

TRANSLATION MECHANISM (CHOOSE ONE) Type

Motorized

Manual

Range

1" (25.4 mm) in Both X and Y

1" (25.4 mm) in Both X and Y

Speed

3.0 µm/s to 0.4 mm/s

N/A

5 µm at Min Speed

<5 µm

Resolution

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

BASEPLATE (OPTIONAL) Material Dimensions

Black Epoxy-Coated Aluminum 23.6" × 11.6" (599 mm × 295 mm)

SAMPLE PLATE Material

Black-Plated Aluminum with Rubber Feet

Dimensions

110 mm OD, 32 mm ID, 3.2 mm Thick

Gibraltar Platforms for Olympus BX70, BX71, BX50WI, and BX51WI Upright Microscopes ITEM #

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-BX

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$ 6,000.00

GH-BX

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-BX

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-BX

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-BX

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-BX

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-BX

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-BX

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Olympus Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00

181


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axioskop FS Upright Microscopes ITEM #

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

GH-FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axioskop FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axioskop 2FS Microscopes ITEM #

182

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-2FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

GH-2FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-2FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-2FS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-2FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-2FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-2FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-2FS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axios 2FS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes ITEM #

PRODUCT IMAGE

G-AE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-AE

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-AE

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

GH-AE

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

$9,500.00

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

GM-AE

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-AE

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-AE

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-AE

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Zeiss Axio Examiner Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00

FLIM Source

Gibraltar Platforms for Nikon FN1 Upright Microscopes ITEM #

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-FN1

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

GH-FN1

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-FN1

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-FN1

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-FN1

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-FN1

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-FN1

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-FN1

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00

183


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

GibraltarÂŽ Platforms for Electrophysiology Gibraltar Platforms for Nikon E600FN Upright Microscopes ITEM #

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-EFN

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

GH-EFN

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-EFN

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-EFN

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-EFN

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-EFN

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-EFN

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-EFN

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Nikon E600FN Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Gibraltar Platforms for Leica DM LFS Upright Microscopes ITEM #

184

PRODUCT IMAGE

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

G-LFS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$6,000.00

GH-LFS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$9,000.00

GB-LFS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$6,500.00

GHB-LFS

Manual Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$9,500.00

GM-LFS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform w/o Baseplate

$7,500.00

GMH-LFS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform w/o Baseplate

$10,500.00

GMB-LFS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Aluminum Platform with Baseplate

$8,000.00

GMHB-LFS

Motorized Gibraltar Stage for Leica DM LFS Microscopes, Stainless Steel Platform with Baseplate

$11,000.00


Imaging Components

Physiology Stages

MOM Upgrade Kit

Features n Adjustable-Height

PHYS24

U-Shaped Breadboard Provides 270° Access to Samples n Includes Microscope Translator (Three Versions Available) • Manual Translation • Motorized Translation • Encoded Motorized Translation n U-Shaped UltraLight™ Series Breadboard with Sealed Holes to Contain Spills n Imperial and Metric Versions n Ships Fully Assembled

In addition to the Gibraltar Electrophysiology Platforms presented on pages 179 - 184, Thorlabs also offers an alternative physiology stage option for use with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope, our PHYS24 Series. This option provides twice the XY translation range (2" compared to 1" on the Gibraltar version) and incorporates an aluminum honeycomb top plate instead of a magnetic stainless steel one. Other differences between the physiology stage featured here and the Gibraltar option are outlined on page 178.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Like the Gibraltar stages, Thorlabs’ PHYS24 series of physiology stages provide a rigid structure for electrophysiological research while supporting the precise motion necessary for the study of physiological processes in living cells and animals. A manual or motorized platform enables the microscope to be moved relative to the position of the specimen while keeping the specimen stationary during image acquisition. The physiology stages featured here consist of a rigid, mechanically and thermally stable U-shaped breadboard that provides more than two hundred 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes over a full 270°, which makes it easy to mount patch clamps or other experimental accessories. The upper U-shaped breadboard is supported by four adjustable-height support columns. The base of each column is attached to a 1/2" (12.7 mm) thick solid aluminum breadboard with 1/4"-20 (M6) taps. Each physiology stage comes with either a manual or motorized 2" (50 mm) XY Travel Microscope Translator that is mounted to the base breadboard and provides smooth, repeatable movement in the XY direction while maintaining a stable platform for the microscope.

Baseplate The PHYS24 Series of Physiology Stages include a 24" × 24" (600 mm × 600 mm), 1/2" (12.7 mm) thick solid aluminum breadboard. This black, low-reflective, anodized baseplate features 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes on 1" (25 mm) centers. The baseplate offers position flexibility, allowing the user to move the platform without deconstructing it first. Four 1/4" (M6) counterbored clearance holes allow the platform to be secured to an optical table to prevent accidental movement.

Solid Aluminum Breadboard Baseplate

Aluminum Top Plate

Aluminum Top Plate Shown with Insert Removed

Our UltraLightTM honeycomb top plate features 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes, allowing hardware to be directly mounted to the surface with hex screws. Each tapped hole is sealed with a nylon-based cup, so liquid spills on the surface will not drip down onto the microscope. The honeycomb structure provides excellent vibrational damping. 185


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Physiology Stages

Femtosecond Technologies

Support Posts The PHYS24 series of stages include four stainless steel support posts, offering 8" to 12" of continuous height adjustment. Each post has a top-located 1/4"-20 (M6) tap, a universal base with four 1/4" (M6) counterbored holes on 2" (50 mm) centers for mounting it to an optical table or breadboard, and can support a load capacity of 300 lbs (136 kg).

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

PHYS12P

Down

Translation Options

Half Up

Up

Thorlabs’ PHYS24 Series of Physiology Stages offers state-of-the-art workstations that are available with manual, motorized, or motorized-encoded XY translation stages. These stages are directly compatible with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope. Please email ImagingSales@thorlabs.com to inquire about adapter plates that are compatible with other common microscopes.

FLIM Source

Manual Translation Stage

MT-FN1 Manual Microscope Translator

Manual translation is accomplished through two simple, yet precise, mechanical micrometers. These micrometers provide 2" (50 mm) of translation in both directions with 10 µm vernier graduations. Smooth and repeatable positioning ensures reliable translation of the microscope across a large area of the sample. This stage is easily configured in either a left- or right-handed XY Orientation. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.

Motorized Translation Stage The motorized translation stages utilize high-precision stepper motors to achieve translation. These motors provide 2" (50 mm) of translation in both directions. They feature a repeatability of 0.5 μm with an absolute positioning accuracy of 10 μm over the full travel range. USB plugand-play operation ensures a simple and quick computer setup. Our motorized translators come with two TST101 T-Cube Stepper Motors for automated control. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.

MTM-FN1 Motorized Microscope Translator

Motorized with Encoder Translation Stage

BSC202 Two-Channel Stepper Motor Driver

MTME-FN1 Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoder

186

The motorized stage with built-in encoder offers several advantages over the motorized stage. The linear optical encoder mounts to the moving platform of the stage and provides feedback to the drive electronics to ensure a bi-directional repeatability. A repeatability of 0.3 μm is achievable with encoders (versus 0.5 μm without) with an absolute positioning accuracy of 3 μm over the full travel rang. Our motorized with encoder stages come with our BSC202 Two-Channel apt™ Benchtop Stepper Motor. See pages 188 - 189 for more details.


4.7" (119 mm) Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)

24.0" (610 mm)

Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Physiology Stages 13.4" Microscope Translator Specifications (340 mm)

Manual*

23.6" (600 mm) Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)

10.0" 8.5" - 12"] (254 mm)

8.7" (221 mm)

11.5" (292 mm)

10.0" [8.5" - 12"] (254 mm)

24.0" (610 mm)

n XY

Femtosecond Technologies

Motorized-Encoded*

17.7" (450 mm)

Travel: 2" (50 mm) 15.5" n Adjustment: Micrometer (394 mm) 4.2" n Vernier Graduations: 10 (106 mm) µm 2.8" n Load(70Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg) mm)

Motorized*

17.7" (450 mm)

n XY

15.5" (394 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 2.8" (70 mm) 24.0" (610 mm)

7.1" (180 mm)

4.7" (119 mm)

Travel: 2" (50 mm) n Adjustment: Stepper Motor n Velocity (Max): 1 mm/s n Acceleration (Max): 0.5 mm/s2 n On-Axis Accuracy: 10 µm n Bi-Directional Repeatability: 0.5 µm n Load Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg)

n XY

Travel: 2" (50 mm) n Adjustment: Stepper Motor n Velocity (Max): 4 mm/s n Acceleration (Max): 3 mm/s2 n On-Axis Accuracy: 3 µm Over the Full Travel n Bi-Directional Repeatability: 0.3 µm n Velocity Stability: ±0.4 mm/s n Encoder: Optical Grating Incremental Encoder n Encoder Resolution: 0.1 µm n Load Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg)

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

*Components Available Separately on the Following Pages

Ø4.3" (Ø110 mm)

24.0" (610 mm)

PHYS24ME Motorized-Encoded Physiology Stages (Nikon FN1 Microscope Not Included)

13.4" (340 mm) 17.7" (450 mm)

23.6" (600 mm) 11.5" (292 mm)

8.7" TST101

10.0" mm) [8.5" - 12"] Two(221 Controllers Included with (254 mm) the PHYS24M(/M) Motorized Physiology Stage 24.0" (610 mm)

15.5" (394 mm) 4.2" (106 mm) 2.8" (70 mm)

BSC202 Two-Channel Stepper Motor Controller Included with the PHYS24ME(/M) Physiology Stage with Encoders

ITEM # PHYS24

$

PRICE 7,500.00

DESCRIPTION Manual Physiology Stage (Imperial)

PHYS24/M

$

7,500.00

Manual Physiology Stage (Metric)

PHYS24M

$

10,000.00

Motorized Physiology Stage (Imperial)

PHYS24M/M

$

10,000.00

Motorized Physiology Stage (Metric)

PHYS24ME

$

14,500.00

Motorized Physiology Stage with Encoders (Imperial)

PHYS24ME/M

$

14,500.00

Motorized Physiology Stage with Encoders (Metric)

187


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Microscope Translators

Femtosecond Technologies

Thorlabs offers precision Microscope Translators to position a microscope about a stationary specimen. This method of positioning the field of view of the microscope enables viewing of a large area of a sample without moving the specimen.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

The Microscope Translators provide travel of the microscope in both the X and Y directions while maintaining a rigid, mechanically and thermally stable platform for the microscope. These translators are constructed of solid stainless steel and consist of four LNR50 series stages (one master and one slave for each axis) mounted on a baseplate and connected by a top plate for mounting the microscope. The array of counterbored holes in the baseplate allows the translator to be secured to an imperial or metric tapped breadboard or optical table.

Features n Manual, Motorized, and Motorized-

Encoded Versions Available n 2" (50 mm) XY Travel Range n 110 lbs (50 kg) Load Capacity (XY Travel Platform) n Rugged, Thermally Stable Aluminum Mounting and Spacer Plates n Heavy-Duty Cross-Roller Stainless-Steel Bearings

Thorlabs’ standard microscope translators have a top plate that is compatible with the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright microscope. Please email ImagingSales@thorlabs.com to inquire about top plates that are compatible with other common upright microscopes.

Manual Microscope Translator MT-FN1 Specifications n 2"

(50 mm) XY Travel Range n 50 µm/rev n 10 µm/Graduation

The MT-FN1 Manual Microscope Translator can be easily configured in either a left- or right-handed XY orientation. It utilizes micrometer drives with a graduated scale to provide smooth translation and repeatable positioning, which enables the microscopist to return to a previously viewed location. MT-FN1

ITEM #

MTM-FN1

Motorized Microscope Translator

Travel Range

2" (50 mm)

The motorized version of the Microscope Translator (MTM-FN1) includes high-quality stepper-motor-based actuators (DRV014) to provide automated high-resolution XY positioning and repeatability. Each stepper-motor-based actuator utilizes a trapezoidal-shaped 1 mm/rev pitch lead screw that provides high load carrying capability. Coupled with stepper motor controllers (two TST101 controllers included), the Motorized Microscope Translator provides smooth automated-controlled movement in increments of 0.05 µm/step.

Acceleration

0.5 mm/s2 (Max)

Velocity

1.0 mm/s (Max)

Maximum Load Capacity Incremental Movement Bidirectional Repeatability

0.5 µm

Percent Positional Accuracy

0.02% (Max)

Absolute Accuracy Home Location Accuracy Drive Runout (Over Full Range)

Features n Single-Channel

Controller n High-Resolution Microstepping n Compact Footprint n USB Plug-and-Play PC-Controlled Operation n Easy-to-Use Manual Controls with Velocity Slider and Jog Buttons n Full Software Control Suite Supplied n Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n Software Integrated with Other apt™ Family Controllers 188

110 lbs (50 kg) 0.05 µm (Min Achievable)

Lead Screw Pitch Limit Switches Included Controllers* Controller Interface Bearings

10 µm ±1.0 µm DRV014 ±0.0004" (±10 µm) 1 mm Ceramic-Tipped ElectroMechanical Switches TST101 USB Crossed Roller

* Two TST101 controllers included. Please visit www.thorlabs.com for details and specifications.

TST101 One-Channel Model

MTM-FN1


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Microscope Translators Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoder The performance of the Motorized Microscope Translator is further enhanced by utilizing XY stages with high-resolution integrated linear optical encoders in combination with Thorlabs’ two-channel closed-loop stepper motor controller (BSC202). The linear optical encoder provides feedback to the drive electronics to ensure accurate positioning and allows a direct readout of the absolute MTME-FN1 position of the stage. With a resolution of 0.1 µm, the bi-directional position accuracy is greater than 0.3 µm (compared to 0.5 µm without the encoders) over the full 50 mm of travel. The motorized microscope translator with optical encoders allows the user to return to a previous position within the specimen and is the ideal solution for applications where stability, long microscope travel, and high-load Specifications capacity need to be achieved ITEM # MTME-FN1 with absolute position accuracy. Travel Range 2" (50 mm) Acceleration

3.0 mm/s2 (Max)

Velocity

4.0 mm/s (Max)

Maximum Load Capacity

110 lbs (50 kg)

Incremental Movement

0.05 µm (Min Achievable)

Bidirectional Repeatability

0.3 µm

Percent Accuracy

0.02% (Max)

Absolute Accuracy

3 µm Over the Full Travel

Home Location Accuracy

±1.0 µm

Drive

DRV014

Runout (Over Full Range)

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

±0.0004" (±10 µm)

Lead Screw Pitch Limit Switches

Thorlabs’ PHYS24ME Physiology Stage includes the MTME-FN1 Microscope Translator, as shown here with a Nikon FN1 Microscope (Not Included)

Femtosecond Technologies

1 mm Ceramic-Tipped Electro-Mechanical Switches

Included Controllers*

BSC202

Controller Interface

USB

Encoder

Optical Grating Incremental Encoder

Encoder Resolution

0.1 µm

Bearings

Crossed Roller

*Specifications for the BSC202 Controller can be found online at www.thorlabs.com.

aptTM Software Screenshot

BSC202

Controller Features n Two-Channel

Models Available n Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50 W n Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP) Inputs for Closed-Loop Positioning n USB Plug-and-Play Plus Multi-Axis Expansion n Motor Control I/O Port (Jogging, Interlocks) n Full Software GUI Control Suite n High-Resolution Microstepping Control (For Very Fine Positioning Applications) n Stable and Predictable Low-Speed Operation (For Velocity-Sensitive Applications) n ActiveX® Programming Interfaces n Seamless Software Integration with apt™ Family

Two-Channel Stepper Motor Controller ITEM # MT-FN1

$

PRICE 4,000.00

DESCRIPTION Manual Microscope Translator

MTM-FN1

$

7,000.00

Motorized Microscope Translator with Controllers

MTME-FN1

$

11,500.00

Motorized Microscope Translator with Encoders

189


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

U-Shaped Breadboard Features

Femtosecond Technologies

n UltraLight

Series Breadboard with Sealed Holes to Contain Spills n Imperial and Metric Versions Available n Full 270° Array of 1/4"-20 (M6) Taps n Mechanically and Thermally Stable

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

PHYS24BB

The PHY24BB(/M) breadboard is designed to be used as a microscopy stage; the U-shape surrounds the microscope providing 270˚ of workspace with over 200 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped mounting holes. Its lightweight aluminum construction makes it portable while the thermally stable honeycomb construction provides excellent dynamic rigidity with a high strength-to-weight ratio. In addition, tapped mounting holes are individually sealed in order to contain spills. SPECIFICATIONS The dimensions of the U-shaped breadboard Dimensions 17.72" x 23.62" x 0.98" (650 mm x 450 mm x 25 mm) are ideal for the Nikon Eclipse FN1 upright Weight 15.5 lbs (7 kg) microscope. The Ø110 mm insert seen in the Load Capacity 110 lbs (50 kg) picture above can be removed entirely or it can be Tapped Hole Matrix 1/4"- 20 (M6) Tapped Holes over 270° Surface used to hold a standard microscope slide or 35 mm Petri dish. Larger specimens, patch clamps, and other accessories can be easily secured to the working surface using the 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes. ITEM # PRICE 2,500.00 PHYS24BB $

DESCRIPTION U-Shaped Breadboard for Physiology Stage, 1/4"-20 Taps

PHYS24BB/M $ 2,500.00

U-Shaped Breadboard for Physiology Stage, M6 Taps

Adjustable-Height Support Columns The PHYS12P(/M) Adjustable-Height Support Columns are designed to support a breadboard or microscope stage. Each post has a top-located 1/4"- 20 (M6 x 1.0) tap and a universal base that has four 1/4" (M6) counterbored holes on 2" (50 mm) centers for mounting it to an optical table or breadboard. The height of the post is continuously adjustable from 8" to 12", and its position can be locked using a knurled ring locking collar. To secure the columns to an optical table is as simple as loosening the locking collar and raising the red housing. This will provide access to the four counterbored 1/4" (M6) mounting holes.

Features n Continuously

Adjustable Height from 8" to 12" n Lockable Design n Top-Located 1/4"-20 (M6) Tap n Universal Base for Mounting to Work Surfaces with Imperial or Metric Taps n Load Capacity/Post: 300 lbs (136 kg)

ITEM # PRICE 450.00 PHYS12P $ PHYS12P/M $ 450.00

190

PHYS12P Height can be Adjusted from 8" to 12" DESCRIPTION Adjustable-Height Support Column, 8" to 12" (1/4"-20 Tap) Adjustable-Height Support Column, 8" to 12" (M6 Tap)


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Manual XY Stage for the Nikon FN1 Microscope The MPM-XYRS manual XY stage is designed for use with the Nikon FN1 microscope (see image to MPM-XYRS Nikon FN1 XY Stage the right) during physiology experiments. It provides an M6-tapped hole matrix on 25 mm centers on either side of a central sample plate. The tapped holes enable the user to mount appropriate hardware close to the specimen.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems MPM-XYRS Mounted on a Nikon FN1 Microscope

$

PRICE 2,845.00

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

The translation is facilitated through tension adjusters with 30 mm translation in X and Y. This method of translating the specimen under the field of view of the microscope enables viewing of a large area of the sample. ITEM # MPM-XYRS

Confocal Accessories

Optical Filters

DESCRIPTION Manual XY Stage for Nikon FN1 Microscopes

FLIM Source

U-Shaped Translation Stage Thorlabs’ Motorized Platform is a large, U-shaped breadboard that provides 50 mm of travel in each direction. It is designed for systems with a static (unmovable) microscope and enables the specimen to be moved relative to the microscope objective. To offer flexibility in mounting position, 352 1/4"-20 taps on 1" centers (M6 taps on 25 mm centers for the metric version) are arranged in a 270° array. This motorized platform installs easily around any existing microscope or can be used in conjunction with our Bergamo II Microscopes (see the photo below and pages 2 - 35), Cerna Series Slice Rig Microscopes (see pages 36 - 49), micromanipulators (see pages 274 - 279), or rigid stands (see pages 296 - 300) to construct a complete physiology rig. Each motorized platform features fast and reliable translation. Stepper motor control yields high 0.5 μm resolution and repeatability in movement, allowing the examination of multiple fields of view within the same specimen. The stage sits 4.5" above the tabletop and offers travel increments of 0.05 μm/step. The platform’s base is compatible with both imperial and metric breadboards.

PMP-2XY U-Shaped Standard Platform

PMP-2XY Translation Stage Shown with a Bergamo II Multiphoton Microscope (See Pages 2 - 35) ITEM # PMP-2XY

PRICE $ 12,211.72

DESCRIPTION U-Shaped Translation Stage

191


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

OCT Components Selection Guide

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

OCT Light Sources

OCT Circulator

Pages 193 – 201

Page 212

Dispersion Compensators and Scan Lenses

Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM)

Pages 202 – 205

Page 213

Interferometers

Fiber Polarization Controllers

Pages 206 – 209

Pages 214 –215

OCT Couplers

Balanced Detectors

Pages 210 – 211

Pages 216 - 221

INT-MSI-1300B Michelson-Type Interferometer

SL1310V1-20048 200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source

LSM02 10X Scan Lens

PDB420A Polarization-Independent Balanced Detector

192


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Light Sources: Overview Swept Laser Source

Femtosecond Technologies

Spectral Domain OCT

Swept Source OCT 1

CIR

3

PC

2

Reference Arm VA M C

Broadband Light Source

PC

FC

Reference Arm VA M C

FC

Confocal Accessories

Grating

Balanced Detector

Sample Arm

Sample Arm

CCD

Multiphoton Subsystems

FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Spectrometer

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

SL1310V1-20048

LS2000B

200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source

Extended Bandwidth SLD Source, 1325 nm, BW >170 nm

SLD1325 FC/APC Pigtailed SLD, 1325 nm, >100 nm FWHM

Swept Laser Sources

Superluminescent Diodes (SLDs)

n 1300

n 1325

nm Center Wavelength n 100 or 200 kHz Sweep Speed n MEMS VCSEL Technology n See Pages 194 - 199 Thorlabs offers swept laser sources as well as superluminescent diodes (SLDs) for integration into OCT systems. Our MEMS-VCSEL swept laser sources are designed for use in swept source OCT systems, while the SLD sources are designed to be integrated into spectral domain systems. The schematics at the top of this page illustrate the appropriate integration of each source into its respective system.

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

nm Center Wavelength n FC/APC Terminated Pigtail n Dual-Source, Extended Bandwidth, Benchtop Source n See Pages 200 - 201

WAVELENGTH

CONFIGURATION

PAGE

MEMS-VCSEL Swept Source Laser

1300 nm

100 or 200 kHz Sweep Speed*

195

SLD

1325 nm

FC/APC Pigtail

200

Benchtop SLD

1325 nm

Dual Source

201

TYPE

*Custom speeds available upon request

193


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT Features 1300 nm Benchtop Swept Laser Source Ideal for Optical Coherence Tomography n 200 kHz or 100 kHz Sweep Speed n Over 100 mm Coherence Length n Single Mode, Mode-Hop-Free Operation n Linear Sweep Trajectory n

Configurations n 200

kHz Sweep Speed • 24 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 6 mm Imaging Depth Range at 500 MS/s Sampling Rate) • 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 12 mm Imaging Depth Range at 1 GS/s Sampling Rate) n 100 kHz Sweep Speed • 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay (Supports 12 mm Imaging Depth Range at 500 MS/s Sampling Rate) n Custom Speeds and Imaging Depth Configurations are Available Thorlabs’ MEMS-VCSEL benchtop laser sources are designed for high-speed, long-range, SweptSource Optical Coherence Tomography (SS-OCT) applications. Developed in partnership with Praevium, a strategic partner of Thorlabs, these swept laser sources are based on a patented Micro-ElectroMechanical (MEMS)-tunable Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser (VCSEL). With a record-breaking coherence length, these benchtop sources provide single mode, mode-hop-free operation over a tuning range in excess of 100 nm. They are available in three configurations (listed above) that incorporate all of the drive electronics, temperature controllers, and triggers

Have you seen our...

Balanced Detectors for OCT See Pages 216 - 221 194

SL1310V1-10048

necessary for easy integration into custom SS-OCT systems.

LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT

Thorlabs’ MEMS-VCSEL benchtop lasers incorporate all the necessary drive electronics, temperature controllers, trigger signals, and optical isolators for easy operation and integration into any SS-OCT system. Additionally, these benchtop laser sources utilize a specially designed Mach-Zehnder interferometer “k-clock” that provides a digital output signal for triggering data acquisition (see the next page for details). The three laser configurations we currently offer are optimized for maximum imaging range at the most common data acquisition rates. Custom configurations are available. Please contact us for more information. Any OCT system based on our swept source laser will likely be limited by other elements in the system, such as the detectors or data acquisition electronics. As these limiting subsystems are improved, they can be utilized to enhance the performance of your imaging system, providing a degree of “future proofing.” COMMON SPECIFICATIONS Center Wavelength

1300 nm

Duty Cycle (Unidirectional Sweep)

>65%

Wavelength Tuning Range (-20 dB)

>100 nm

Coherence Length

>100 mm

Average Output Powera

>20 mW

Relative Intensity Noise (RIN)b

<1.0%

Ripple Noise Suppression

-47 dB

Humidity Supply Voltagec Laser Classification (per IEC 60825-1) Dimensions (L x W x H) aMeasured

>85%, Non-Condensing Environment 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Class 1M 321 mm x 320 mm x 150 mm (12.4" x 11.6" x 5.75")

at the laser output aperture using a detector with DC to 400 MHz bandwidth and averaged over all output wavelengths. cThe swept laser source has a universal AC input. bMeasured


Imaging Components

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT Polarization Controller 1 (PLC1)

MEMS VCSEL Cavity Module

MOM Upgrade Kit

Boost Optical Amplifier (BOA)

Output Optical Isolator

Femtosecond Technologies

Polarization Controller 2 (PLC1) Laser Aperture (FC/APC)

Input Optical Isolator

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Monitoring Photodiode

OCT Components

MZI Clock Module

Monitoring Photodiode

Objective Lenses Optical Filters

DAQ Trigger (SMA)

Cavity Intensity (SMA)

Laser Intensity (SMA)

DAQ Clock (SMA)

FLIM Source

Figure 1. Internal Schematic of a MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source

The figure above shows a schematic of the MEMS-VCSEL benchtop laser. These lasers consist of a MEMSVCSEL cavity, a booster optical amplifier (BOA), a fiber-optic monitoring network, and signal generation circuits. The optical output of the MEMS-VCSEL cavity module is connected to the optical input of the BOA. A polarization controller (PLC1) is used to control the polarization states of the light in the fiber when entering the BOA. Another polarization controller (PLC2) is used to control the output fiber polarization before the main laser output. The “DAQ Trigger” provides a line trigger whereas the “DAQ Clock” is a digital output from the MZI “k-clock” to trigger data acquisition that is linear in wavenumber. Laser monitoring ports are also provided from the output of the MEMS-VCSEL Cavity (Cavity Intensity) and after amplification (Laser Intensity). Integrated optical isolators in the benchtop laser sources eliminate the need for additional isolators external to the laser.

Wavenumber Triggering Options All Thorlabs SL1310V1 series swept laser sources include an integrated Mach Zehnder interferometer for digital “k-clock” triggering. The SL1310V1-10048 laser source provides a 12 mm imaging range at 100 kHz sweep speeds when using a 500 MS/s data acquisition card. Comparatively, the SL1310V1-20048, which operates at a 200 kHz sweep speed, requires a minimum of 1 GS/s data acquisition to achieve a 12 mm imaging range. For applications that require a high sweep speed but not an exceptionally long imaging range, or those that are limited in data acquisition speed, the SL1310V1-20024 laser source can provide a 6 mm imaging range at 200 kHz when using a 500 MS/s data acquisition card. SL1310V1-10048

ITEM #

Scan Repetition Rate Integrated MZI Interferometer Delay Supported OCT Imaging Depth Range aMeasured

SL1310V1-20024

SL1310V1-20048

Min

Typical

Max

Min

Typical

Max

Min

Typical

Max

99 kHz

100 kHz

101 kHz

198 kHz

200 kHz

202 kHz

198 kHz

200 kHz

202 kHz

46 mm

48 mm

50 mm

23 mm

24 mm

25 mm

46 mm

48 mm

50 mm

11.5 mma

12 mma

12.5 mma

5.5 mma

6 mma

6.5 mma

11.5 mmb

12 mmb

12.5 mmb

when using 500 MS/s DAQ

bMeasured

when using 1 GS/s DAQ

ITEM # SL1310V1-10048

PRICE $ 35,000.00

DESCRIPTION 100 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay

SL1310V1-20048

$ 35,000.00

200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 48 mm MZI k-Clock Delay

SL1310V1-20024

$ 35,000.00

200 kHz MEMS-VCSEL Swept Laser Source, 24 mm MZI k-Clock Delay

195


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT

Femtosecond Technologies

High-Speed MEMS-VCSEL Development

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Thorlabs is dedicated to developing leading-edge Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) systems and components that will help advance our customers’ research and development efforts. One significant effort is focused on the development of OCT sources that will push the limits with regards to bandwidth, imaging speed, and coherence length. Through a strategic partnership with Praevium Research, we have developed a patented ultrabroadband, 1325 nm superluminescent diode light source that enables high-resolution SD-OCT imaging (see page 201 for details). Building upon the established success of this partnership, Thorlabs and Praevium have developed a high-speed MEMS-VCSEL for high-speed swept source OCT applications in the 1300 nm window. This project is one of great excitement for us at Thorlabs, as well as for the OCT community. In this article we will describe the motivation, goals, and promising preliminary results of a MEMS-VCSEL for Swept Source OCT as we push into new wavelength ranges and sweep speeds.

Diagram of MEMS-VCSEL Emission MEMS Dielectric Mirror MEMS Actuator Top Contact Deflecting Membrane

Air Gap

Multiple Quantum Well Active Region

Antireflection Coating MEMS Actuator Bottom Contact

Fully Oxidized Dielectric Mirror

Substrate

Praevium’s MEMS-VCSEL is an innovative design that offers high speed and broadband emission with long coherence length. This is an ideal combination for an OCT swept laser source.

potential, however, there are still some technological barriers where OCT could improve. Challenges that exist in current OCT systems include higher scan speeds, deeper penetration, and higher resolution.

To address these challenges, Thorlabs has partnered with Praevium. Founded in 2001, Praevium Research develops semiconductor-based light emitting devices OCT is a noninvasive imaging modality that is such as superluminescent diodes (SLDs), as well capable of rapidly producing micron-scale, crossas both edge-emitting and vertical cavity lasers. sectional and volumetric images. Over the past Praevium’s early development work on a wideband several years, significant technological advancements tuning VCSEL demonstrated great promise to serve of OCT related technologies have resulted in as a light source that will surpass current OCT major developments in the application of OCT limitations. Building upon the same model that imaging systems to areas of medical imaging such as led to Thorlabs’ release of the 1325 nm broadband ophthalmology, dermatology, and cardiology. The (SLD1325) and extended bandwidth (LS2000B) light ability to noninvasively and rapidly collect 3D volume sources for OCT, Praevium Research, Thorlabs, and images allows for the visualization of rapid changes collaborators at MIT have set out to further develop in tissue architecture and sample manipulations, such our wideband, high-speed MEMS-VCSEL light as taking virtual histological slices. To reach its full source for OCT applications. Sample SLD Emission Ch4 SLD A+B < 3 dB

The LS2000B is a dual fiber-coupled SLD light source. The SLDs are chosen so that the coupled spectral output has a bandwidth LS2000B exceeding 170 nm. 1325 nm Extended Broadband SLD Light Source (See Page 201 for Details)

196

Emission Intensity (µW)

20 15 10

FWHM ~ 200 nm

5 0 1150

1200

1250 1300 1350 Wavelength (nm)

1400

1450


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT VCSEL Overview

The low mass of the MEMS-tuning mirror in a MEMS-VCSEL and the short single mode cavity Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Lasers (VCSELs) both contribute to its high-speed operation. The are semiconductor-based devices that emit light short cavity length places only one mode in the gain perpendicular to the chip surface. VCSELs were spectrum, enabling single-mode continuous tuning. originally developed as low-cost, low-power alternatives to edge-emitting diodes, mainly for high- In addition, the short cavity design enables nearly identical spectra in the forward and backward volume datacom applications. The advantages of sweeps. We have recently measured greater than VCSELs lead to them being preferred light sources over edge-emitters in many applications. Compared to 500 kHz sweep rates using a MEMS-VCSEL prototype, without using optical multiplexing to edge-emitting sources, VCSELs offer superior output increase the sweep speed. beam quality, lower manufacturing costs, and single mode operation. MEMS-VCSELs utilize micro-electromechanical mirror systems (MEMS) to vary the cavity length of the laser, thereby tuning the output wavelength. MEMS-VCSELs have existed for several years; however, the limited tuning range and output power of these devices have precluded them from being used in OCT applications. Praevium Research, in collaboration with Thorlabs and MIT, has since developed a MEMS-VCSEL design that overcomes these previous limitations. In order for a MEMS-VCSEL to be successful for applications in OCT, it needs to meet certain standards: • Rapid Sweep Speed • Long Coherence Length • Broad Tuning Range • High Laser Output Power • Low Cost • High Reliability

MEMS-VCSELs can be densely packed on a single wafer to increase the potential yield. Shown to the left is a typical VCSEL wafer. The inset shows a single MEMS-VCSEL device after fabrication. The overall size of the MEMS-VCSEL is approximately 600 µm x 600 µm square.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Broad Tuning Range High-resolution imaging depends on the overall tuning bandwidth of the swept laser source. Praevium boasts the broadest bandwidth MEMS-VCSEL that has ever been developed. A unique design incorporating broadband fully oxidized mirrors, wideband gain regions, and thin active regions, has currently resulted in a remarkable 110 nm of continuous mode-hop-free tuning, centered around 1300 nm (see below), efforts to further extend this tuning range are currently underway.

Rapid Sweep Speed Applications using OCT demand high-speed imaging without sacrificing current image quality. Fast imaging rates allow better time resolution, dense collection of 3D datasets, and decreased laser exposure times to the sample or patient.

110 nm

-60 -70

Intensity (dB)

Currently, there exist a few swept laser sources that offer high-speed scanning. Fourier domain mode-locked lasers, for example, achieve extremely high imaging speeds but require the use of very long fiber optic delays in the laser cavity and can only operate in wavelength ranges were fiber loss is low. Of the commercially available high-speed swept lasers, many operate with multiple longitudinal modes or have long cavity lengths, which limit coherence length or tuning speed, respectively.

Static Tuning of MEMS-VCSEL -50

-80 -90 -100 -110 -120 1220

1240

1260

1280

1300

1320

1340

1360

1380

Wavelength (nm) MEMS-VCSELs are capable of tuning over 100 nm. Here we show single mode operation over a 110 nm spectral tuning range centered at 1300 nm.

197


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT

Femtosecond Technologies

Long Coherence Length

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

A significant limitation to most OCT systems is the depth-ofview (maximum imaging depth range). Especially in clinical applications, where sample thickness, patient motion, and sample location cannot be controlled, a long depth-of-view is advantageous. Image sensitivity also needs to be virtually unaffected throughout the entire depth. Due to the micron-scale cavity length of the VCSEL and single mode operation that is free of mode hops, we have measured coherence lengths of greater than 100 mm from our MEMS-VCSEL with nearly no signal degradation. Currently limited by detector bandwidth, we are confident that the MEMS-VCSEL is able to achieve even longer imaging depths than have been measured to date. This remarkable depth-of-view will not only benefit the medical OCT imaging community but also open doors to other applications such as large objective surface profiling, fast frequency domain reflectometry, and fast spectroscopic measurements with high spectral resolution.

High Output Power One advantage of edge-emitting light sources over VCSELs is that they can emit greater output powers. As a general rule, outside of ophthalmetry, most OCT imaging applications need a minimum of 20 mW of laser output power to maintain image quality when operating at faster scan rates. To reach this goal, the MEMS-VCSEL is coupled with a semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA) to achieve greater than 30 mW of power. An additional advantage of this postamplification scheme is that the SOA reshapes the MEMSVCSEL output spectrum such that it is more uniform.

Low Cost

Fabrication of a MEMS-VCSEL Source The VCSEL wafer process begins with a multiple quantum well (MQW) active region (A) that is grown on an InP substrate (B) and bonded to a GaAs-based mirror (C) grown on a GaAs substrate (D).

B A C D

The InP substrate is chemically etched down to a strategically located stop-etch layer (E). The GaAs-based mirror is oxidized to create a wideband dielectric mirror (F).

E F

G

H

After removal of the stop-etch layer, an AR coating (G) and annular MEMS bottom actuator contact (H) are deposited on top of the MQW active region.

I Next, a sacrificial layer (I) of a specifically designed thickness and composition is deposited.

K J

A membrane layer (J) and annular top MEMS actuator contact (K) are then deposited on top of the sacrificial layer.

Finally, a dielectric mirror (L)

L Although OCT was originally developed for medical imaging is deposited and patterned. The top MEMS contact is further applications, the high cost is still prohibitive to allowing wide patterned to complete creation of the actuator. The sacrificial layer spread adoption across medical applications, such as dermatology is undercut to leave a suspended, and dentistry, and geographical markets, such as China and movable top mirror above the MQW structure, producing India. A unique aspect about MEMS-VCSELs compared to a VCSEL with MEMS-based other OCT swept laser sources is that both the gain material tuning element in a single device. and tuning element are integrated onto a single chip. Existing laser sources require separate manufacturing and assembly of the gain media and tuning element. Although the manufacturing process of MEMS-VCSELs is more involved than edge-emitters, we envision that the overall cost per source can be less. VCSELs can be tested throughout the manufacturing process, while still at the wafer level including final functional testing. Also, since VCSELs emit from the top surface, they can be more densely packed within a wafer. These two aspects, along with the integrated manufacturing of the gain media and tuning element, potentially result in a much higher device yield, which translates to a lower manufacturing cost per device. 198


Imaging Components

OCT Light Sources for Swept Source OCT

a

b

c

The MEMS-VCSEL cavity consists of very few optical components, which can often cause noise and etalon-based artifacts. As shown in this series of images of a roll of scotch tape, the individual layers of the roll of tape can be resolved at different reference arm delays: (a) 0.5 mm, (b) 2.5 mm, and (c) 5.0 mm. The total display depth range in these images is 8 mm.

MEMS-VSCEL Fabrication A special feature of the MEMS-VCSEL is that it is scalable for different wavelengths. Through innovative combinations of gain materials and dielectric mirrors, a wide wavelength range in the visible to near infrared can be reached, enabling expansion of this new family of light sources. Along with all the development work required to design a MEMS-VCSEL, Thorlabs is ramping up to support production of these devices. Building off of a thirteen-year history of manufacturing of semiconductor-based components, Thorlabs’ Quantum Electronics (TQE) division is well positioned for manufacturing these devices at their 60,000 ft2 facility. At TQE there already exists a semiconductor fabrication and device packaging facility that will be further expanded for MEMS-VCSEL manufacturing. Additionally, skilled personnel are already available who have years of experience in volume manufacturing of semiconductor active optical devices such as lasers, SLDs, amplifiers, and modulators.

En face (XY) OCT images of a plant leaf acquired with a MEMS-VCSEL OCT system operating at 200 kHz line rate. Image size: 6 mm (L) x 6 mm (W) x 100 um step (D)

Beyond the already existing wafer fabrication capability and hermetic packaging knowledge, additional capabilities and equipment are necessary to accommodate mass production of MEMS-VCSELs. Thorlabs is dedicated to building the infrastructure and capabilities towards making these devices available to not only the clinical imaging market but also core researchers who desire such sources for their particular application. With the proper design, MEMS-VCSELs are capable of advancing optical coherence tomography into new applications. Unlike other commercially available swept laser sources for OCT, the MEMS-VCSEL can provide high speed, a wide spectral tuning range, and long coherence length in a single device.

MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

As we develop this light source, we look forward to finding new and exciting applications for its use. Updates on this technology will be posted at www.thorlabs.com. Please contact us to discuss how a MEMS-VCSEL may advance your research.

Thorlabs Quantum Electronics (TQE)

Located in Jessup, MD, our TQE team has fully qualified the 1300 nm MEMS-VCSEL as being ready for production. An extensive reliability test plan, including artificial aging, was successfully completed in 2013, culminating in the full release of the 1300 nm swept source lasers. A 1050 nm version is now in development. The manufacturing of the MEMS-VCSEL devices will also take place in the TQE foundry. This foundry includes MBE and MOCVD wafer growth, photolithography, etching, thin-film deposition, dicing, optical coating, laser welding, automated pigtailing, and final device and system-level packaging. This is all housed in a 60,000-square-foot facility that incorporates class 100, 1000, and 10,000 clean rooms. 199


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

OCT Light Sources for Spectral Domain OCT Features Integrated Optical Isolator for Enhanced Output Stability n FC/APC-Terminated Fiber Pigtail Minimizes Optical Feedback n Integrated TEC and Thermistor for Temperature Control n Hermetically Sealed 14-Pin Butterfly Package n

SLD1325

Thorlabs offers two Superluminescent Diode (SLD) light source options for integration into Spectral Domain OCT systems: the high-power, broadband 1325 nm SLD featured here and the extended SLD source featured on the following page. The SLD shown here is hermetically sealed in a 14-pin butterfly package and includes a built-in thermoelectric cooler and thermistor for temperature control. Each device goes through burn-in screening, mechanical robustness testing, and characterization testing before being packaged. The output is coupled into an SM fiber terminated with an FC/APC connector. SLDs in butterfly packages are excellent highpower broadband light sources for use as ASE light sources and in applications like optical coherence tomography (OCT) imaging systems and fiber optic gyroscopes (FOGs). Each SLD is shipped with its own characterization sheet.

Typical Emission Spectrum of an SLD1325 1.0

Normalized Intensity

0.8

0.6

SPECIFICATIONS

0.4

0.2

0.0

1250

1300

1350

1400

Center Wavelength

1325 nm

Bandwidth (FWHM)

>100 nm

Fiber-Coupled Power

>10 mW

SLD Injection Current (Max)

780 mA

Voltage (Max)

1450

4V

Operating Temperature Range

Wavelength (nm)

Fiber Pigtail ITEM # SLD1325

PRICE $

0 to 40 °C SMF-28e+, 1 m, FC/APC Connector

DESCRIPTION

3,210.00

FC/APC Pigtailed SLD, 1325 nm, >100 nm FWHM

Driver

Mount Visit www.thorlabs.com for Details

ITC4001

Features n Low

n Butterfly

Noise SLD Driver n High Stability Temperature Controller n Constant Power ITEM # PRICE ITC4001 $ 2,960.00

200

Features

n External

Modulation Input n Two Operation Modes n Constant Current

DESCRIPTION Benchtop Laser Diode/TEC Controller, 1 A/96 W

Package Mount LM14S2 n Laser-Enabled LED Indicator n User-Defined Pin Out Configuration n Compatible with all 14-Pin Butterfly Laser Diodes, Like the SLD1325 Sold Above ITEM # PRICE DESCRIPTION LM14S2 $ 330.48 Universal 14-Pin Butterfly Laser Diode Mount


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT Light Sources for Spectral Domain OCT

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Dual

LS2000B Extended Broadband SLD Light Source for High Resolution OCT Systems

SLD Light Sources for Broadband Spectral Output n 1300 nm Center Wavelength n Fiber-Coupled Power: > 10 mW n Independent Enable/Disable and Output Power Control for Each SLD n Remote Control via USB

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

This extended broadband Superluminescent Diode (SLD) source for integration into Spectral Domain OCT (SD-OCT) systems is an alternative solution to the pigtailed SLD sold on the previous page. In OCT imaging systems, the optical bandwidth of the light source is inversely proportional to the axial resolution. To provide higher axial resolution than currently possible with a single SLD, we offer an extended broadband SLD light source, which contains two handpicked SLDs. The outputs of the two fiber-pigtailed SLDs are fiber coupled together to provide a single extended bandwidth (>170 nm) light source. This extended light source can be used in SD-OCT imaging systems to produce images with a resolution of ~3 µm in biological (n = 1.33) samples. The LS2000B extended broadband SLD light source packages the matched-pair SLDs into a single compact housing measuring 320 mm x 269 mm x 64 mm. The LS2000B front panel provides

independent control of the output of each SLD. In addition, each SLD has a front panel enable/ disable output button as well as a reset to the factory configuration.

SPECIFICATIONS Matched-Pair SLD Characteristics Channels 1 2 3 SLD Output SLD A SLD B A+B Center Wavelength (Typical) 1225 nm 1340 nm 1300 nm FWHM Wavelength (Typical) 80 nm 110 nm 180 nm 10 dB Bandwidth (Typical) 100 nm 150 nm 235 nm Fiber-Coupled Power >10 mW per channel Noise (Typical) <0.2% (Source Dependent) Controller Characteristics Adjustment Range 0 - Full Power Temperature Control 14 to 30 °C Operating Temperature 10 - 30 °C Fiber/Connector SMF-28e+, FC/APC

Sample SLD Emission Ch4 SLD A+B

Ch 2 SLD B

40

FWHM 80 nm

FWHM 110 nm

30 20 10 0 1150

< 3 dB

20

60

Emission Intensity (µW)

Emission Intensity (µW)

70

50

1200

1250

1300

1350

FLIM Source

There are three FC/APC fiber connectors in the front panel. Two are for access to the output of each SLD, while the other provides extended bandwidth output from the combined pair of SLDs. This combochannel provides a bandwidth in excess of 170 nm and output power greater than 10 mW.

Sample SLD Emission Ch1 SLD A

Optical Filters

1400

1450

Wavelength (nm)

Channels 1 and 2 on the LS2000B are the output* of SLD A and SLD B respectively.

15 10 FWHM ~ 200 nm 5 0 1150

1200

1250 1300 1350 Wavelength (nm)

1400

1450

Channel 3 of the LS2000B is the combined output* of SLD A and SLD B.

*Spatial noise from water absorption lines is present in the measurement at wavelength greater than 1350 nm.

ITEM # LS2000B

$

PRICE 12,910.00

DESCRIPTION Extended Broadband SLD Light Source, 1325 nm, FWHM > 170 nm

201


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

Dispersion Compensators and Scan Lenses: Overview Scan Lenses

Dispersion Compensators

n AR-Coated

n AR

for 850/1050 or 1315 nm n Magnification: 1.6X, 3X, 5X, or 10X n See Pages 204 - 205

Coated for 800 – 1400 nm with All Thorlabs Scan Lenses n See Page 203 n Compatible

Dispersion Compensators

Objective Lenses Optical Filters

LSM02DC

LSM03DC

LSM05DC

FLIM Source

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Spectral Domain OCT

Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source

1

CIR

PC

2

Reference Arm VA M C

Broadband Light Source

FC

3

PC

Reference Arm VA M C

FC Grating

Balanced Detector

Sample Arm

FC: Fiber Coupler VA: Variable Attenuator PC: Polarization Controller M: Mirror C: Collimator CIR: Circulator

Sample Arm

CCD

Spectrometer

Scan Lenses

LSM02

LSM03

LSM04-BB

1315 nm 10X

1315 nm 3X

850/1050 nm 3X

Thorlabs’ scanning objective lenses were designed to improve the performance of Thorlabs’ OCT imaging systems. This type of objective lens is usually called a scan lens because a laser beam is scanned across the back aperture of the objective lens in order to form the image of the sample. Each position that the laser is scanned over corresponds to one point in the image formed. This approach results in a focal spot on the sample that is not, in general, coincident with the optical axis of the scan lens. 202

Thorlabs’ dispersion compensators are designed to match the dispersion of our scan lenses. They are meant to be placed in the reference arm before the mirror, while the scan lens sits in the sample arm (see schematics above). Thus, there is an identical amount of dispersion in each leg of the interferometer. TYPE Dispersion Compensators Scan Lenses

DESIGN WAVELENGTH

PAGES

800 – 1400 nm

203

850/1050 or 1315 nm

204 - 205


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dispersion Compensators

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Dispersion

Compensation up to Second Order n AR Coated: 800 – 1400 nm n Mounted in an Engraved SM1 Series Lens Tube

LSM02DC

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

LSM03DC

OCT Components Objective Lenses

LSM04DC

Optical Filters

LSM05DC

FLIM Source

Thorlabs’ dispersion compensators are single glass compensation blocks whose glass type and thickness were chosen to match the dispersion of the LSM objective lenses featured on the previous page. Each compensator is mounted in an engraved 1" long SM1-threaded (1.035"-40) lens tube and AR coated for the 800 nm to 1400 nm wavelength range (see graph below). Typical Reflectance of LSMxxDC Dispersion Compensators

% Reflectance

1.0 0.8

1315 nm 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 750

850

950

1050

1150

1250

1350

1450

Wavelength (nm) 30.5 mm (1.20")

ITEM #

LSM02DC

LSM03DC

LSM04DC

LSM05DC

Compatible Scan Lenses

LSM02 LSM02-BB

LSM03 LSM03-BB

LSM04 LSM04-BB

LSM05 LSM05-BB

N-SF8

N-SK4

N-BAK1

H-ZF7LA

Material

29.2 mm (1.15")

Wavelength Range

26.2 mm (1.03")

Diameter

SM1 External Thread (1.035"-40)

800 – 1400 nm 1" (25.4 mm)

Clear Aperture

22.8 mm

Surface Quality

40-20 Scratch-Dig

Wavefront Error

l/4

Thickness Tolerance

±0.1 mm

Diameter Tolerance

+0/-0.2 mm

ITEM # LSM02DC

$

PRICE 98.00

DESCRIPTION Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM02 or LSM02-BB Objective Lens

LSM03DC

$

98.00

Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM03 or LSM03-BB Objective Lens

LSM04DC

$

98.00

Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM04 or LSM04-BB Objective Lens

LSM05DC

$

98.00

Dispersion Compensating Mirror for LSM05 or LSM05-BB Objective Lens

203


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Scan Lenses

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

LSM02 M25 x 0.75 Threading

THORLABS

LSMO2 EFL=18 LWD=7.5

27.6 mm 23.2 mm

LSM05

M25 x 0.75 Threading

M25 x 0.75 Threading

THORLABS

LSMO3 EFL=36 LWD=25.1

Ø33 mm

30 mm 25.5 mm

SM2 (2.035"-40) Threading

43 mm THORLABS

66.5 mm

38.5 mm

61.0 mm

LSMO4 EFL=54 LWD=42.3

THORLABS

LSMO5 EFL=109.9 LWD=95.3

Ø34 mm

Ø34 mm

Ø59.5 mm

Features n Telecentric

Objectives Maintain Uniform Spot Size Over 15° Scan Range n >93% Transmission Efficiency from 800 - 1400 nm n Ideal for OCT Applications n Magnification: 1.6X, 3X, 5X, or 10X n AR Coating: 1315 nm or 850/1050 nm

Adapter Kit for OCT Scan Lenses An adapter kit is available that makes it possible to interchange the scan lenses in our OCT systems without sending the system back to us, making the OCT system a more versatile, general-purpose device. Alternatively, another lens may be requested during the initial ordering process. Please contact us for more details on this kit. 204

LSM04

LSM03

Thorlabs’ telecentric objectives are ideal for use in laser scanning applications like Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT). These applications benefit from the flat image plane that telecentric objectives offer as a laser beam is scanned across the sample. A flat image plane minimizes image distortion, which in turn creates geometrically correct images without the need for post-image processing. In addition to offering a flat image plane, a telecentric scan lens maximizes the coupling of the light scattered or emitted from the sample into the detection system. The spot size in the image plane is also nearly constant over the entire field of view, resulting in constant image resolution. The LSM02, LSM03, LSM04, and LSM05 are AR coated to minimize back reflections from broadband sources with a central wavelength around 1315 nm, whereas the -BB series is coated for reflection minima centered at 850 and 1050 nm in a single lens.

Scanning Distance (SD): The SD is the distance between the galvo mirror pivot point and the back mounting plate of the objective. The galvo mirror pivot point must be located at the back focal plane of the objective to maximize image resolution. Pupil Size (EP): The size of the EP determines the ideal 1/e2 collimated beam diameter to maximize the resolution of the imaging system. Working Distance (WD or LWD): The distance between the tip of the scan lens housing and the front focal plane of the scan lens is defined as the WD. Depth of View (DOV): The DOV corresponds to the distance between the front focal plane and a parallel plane where the beam spot size has increased by a factor of √2. Field of View (FOV): The FOV is the maximum scan area on the sample that can be imaged with a resolution equal to or better than the stated resolution of the scan lens. Parfocal Distance (PD): The PD is the distance from the scan lens mounting plane to the front focal plane of the scan lens. Scan Angle (SA): The SA is the maximum allowed angle between the beam and the optical axis of a scan lens after being reflected from the galvo mirror.

Galvo Mirror Scanning Distance

Objective Length

OCT Objective Lens Parfocal Distance

Working Distance FOV


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Scan Lenses Typical Reflectance of AR Coatings on BB LSM Scan Lens Elements

Typical Reflectance of 1315 nm LSM Scan Lens Elements

0.4

Femtosecond Technologies

1315 ± 65 nm

0.8

% Reflectance

% Reflectance

1.0

0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 750

800

850

900

950

1000

Wavelength (nm)

1050

1100

0.2

Confocal Accessories

0.1 0.0 1150

1150

Multiphoton Subsystems

0.3

The LSMxx-BB telecentric objectives have a broadband AR coating that maximizes the transmission of the objectives in bands around 850 nm and 1050 nm.

1200

1250

1300

Wavelength (nm)

1350

1400

1450

The LSMxx telecentric objectives have an AR coating that maximizes the transmission of the objectives in a band around 1315 nm.

LSM02-BB

Magnification

LSM03-BB

10X

LSM04-BB

5X

LSM05-BB

3X

1.6X

Design Wavelengths

850 nm

1050 nm

850 nm

1050 nm

850 nm

1050 nm

850 nm

1050 nm

Wavelength Range

±40 nm

±50 nm

±40 nm

±50 nm

±40 nm

±50 nm

±40 nm

±50 nm

110 mm

110 mm

Effective Focal Length (EFL)*

17.93 mm 17.97 mm 35.78 mm 35.88 mm 53.61 mm 53.79 mm

Lens Working Distance (LWD)

7.5 mm

Scanning Distance (SD) (Distance from Pupil Position to Mounting Plane)

16.1 mm

25.1 mm

25.0 mm

42.3 mm

42.2 mm

18.9 mm

Pupil Size (1/e2) (EP)

93.7 mm 75.5 mm

4 mm

Depth of View (DOV) Field of View (FOV) Parfocal Distance (PD) Mean Spot Size (S) (1/e2 Beam Diameter in the Field of Focus)

8 mm

0.12 mm

0.58 mm

1.15 mm

1.2 mm

4.7 mm x 4.7 mm

9.4 mm x 9.4 mm

14.1 mm x 14.1 mm

28.9 mm x 28.9 mm

30.7 mm

50.5 mm

80.7 mm

9 µm

11 µm

17 µm

21 µm

Scan Angle (SA)

24 µm

29 µm

154.8 mm 19 µm

29 µm

±7.5º

* Changes in the EFL due to wavelength are not the same as chromatic focal shift. A change in the EFL indicates a change in the location of the principal plane and hence the magnification of the scan lens. Chromatic focal shift is a wavelength dependent axial deviation in the position of the beam waist.

1315 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # Magnification

LSM02

LSM03

LSM04

LSM05

10X

5X

3X

1.6X

Design Wavelength

1315 nm

Wavelength Range

±65 nm

Effective Focal Length (EFL)*

18.02 mm

35.98 mm

53.99 mm

110 mm

Lens Working Distance (LWD)

7.5 mm

25.1 mm

42.3 mm

93.7 mm

Scanning Distance (SD) (Distance from Pupil Position to Mounting Plane)

16.1 mm

Pupil Size (1/e2) (EP)

18.9 mm

75.5 mm

4 mm

Depth of View (DOV) Field of View (FOV) Parfocal Distance (PD) Mean Spot Size (S) (1/e2 Beam Diameter in the Field of Focus) Scan Angle (SA)

OCT Components Objective Lenses

850/1050 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM #

Microscopy Stages

Optical Filters FLIM Source

Additional specifications for our scan lenses are available on our website. The data includes specifications on the chromatic performance of the lens as well as plots that show spot size as a function of scan angle.

8 mm

0.12 mm

0.58 mm

1.15 mm

1.2 mm

4.7 mm x 4.7 mm

9.4 mm x 9.4 mm

14.1 mm x 14.1 mm

28.9 mm x 28.9 mm

30.7 mm

50.6 mm

80.8 mm

154.8 mm

13 µm

25 µm

35 µm

23.5 µm

±7.5º

* Changes in the EFL due to wavelength are not the same as chromatic focal shift. A change in the EFL indicates a change in the location of the principal plane and hence the magnification of the scan lens. Chromatic focal shift is a wavelength dependent axial deviation in the position of the beam waist.

850/1050 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # LSM02-BB

$

PRICE 1,550.00

DESCRIPTION 10X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 18 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm

LSM03-BB

$

979.00

5X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 36 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm

LSM04-BB

$

969.00

3X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 54 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm

LSM05-BB

$

969.00

1.6X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 110 mm, AR Coating: 800 – 1100 nm

1315 nm Telecentric Objectives ITEM # LSM02

$

PRICE 1,510.00

DESCRIPTION 10X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 18 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm

LSM03

$

939.00

5X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 36 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm

LSM04

$

929.00

3X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 54 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm

LSM05

$

929.00

1.6X OCT Scan Lens, EFL = 110 mm, Design Wavelength = 1315 ± 65 nm

205


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies

Interferometers: Overview Swept Source OCT

Schematic Diagram of a Swept Source OCT System

Swept Laser Source

Multiphoton Subsystems

Reference Arm VA

PC 1

Confocal Accessories

CIR

2 FC

3

Microscopy Stages

Balanced Detector

OCT Components

M

C

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Sample Arm

Objective Lenses

FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Optical Filters FLIM Source

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial INT-MSI-1300

INT-COM-1300

Michelson-Type Interferometer, 1250 - 1350 nm, 15 MHz

Common-Path Interferometer Module 1300 nm

Mach Zehnder

Michelson Type

Common Path

n Two Models: 850 nm or 1300 nm n Ideal for Swept Source Output Frequency Monitoring n Integrated Detection Circuit n See Page 207

n Wavelength Range: 1250 – 1350 nm n Ideal for High-Sensitivity Swept Source OCT n Integrated Balanced Detector n See Page 208

n Wavelength

Range: 1250 – 1350 nm n Ideal for OCT Systems where the Reference and Sample Arms Share an Optical Path n Integrated Balanced Detector n See Page 209

To obtain cross-sectional images with micron-level resolution in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems, an interferometer is set up to measure optical path length differences between light reflected from the sample and reference arms (see page 73 for details). Thorlabs’ SS-OCT systems contain a Mach-Zehnder interferometer, which allows for a k-clock signal to monitor the output power and wavelength of the laser. Thorlabs also offers Michelson-Type and Common-Path interferometers, both of which offer aiming laser capabilities. The former features a balanced detector with two InGaAs photodetectors for use in high-sensitivity SS-OCT systems, while the latter is intended for use in SS-OCT systems where the reference and sample arm signals arise from the same optical path. 206

CENTER WAVELENGTH

PAGE

Mach Zehnder

850 or 1300 nm

207

Michelson Type

1300 nm

208

Common Path

1300 nm

209

TYPE


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Interferometers: Mach Zehnder

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Center

Wavelength: 850 nm or 1300 nm n Ideal for Swept Source Output Frequency Monitoring with Balanced Detection Output n Insertion Loss: <3 dB n Flat Wavelength Response n Integrated Signal Detection for Power Monitor and k-Clock Signals n Compact Design: 120 mm x 80 mm x 16 mm n Power Supply Included

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

INT-MZI-1300

Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available

Thorlabs’ series of Mach-Zehnder interferometer modules are designed to be used for constructing Swept Source OCT systems with a central wavelength of 850 nm or 1300 nm. The internal fiber couplers are optimized for flat wavelength responses and coupling losses that have a very low polarization dependence, which make the output signals independent of input polarization changes. The modules have an integrated detection circuit with an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier to provide a power monitor signal as well as a k-clock signal to monitor both the output power and wavelength of a swept laser source. Both outputs have a 200 MHz bandwidth, and the k-clock includes a balanced detector to maximize rejection of common mode noise.

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Figure 1. Sample Setup of INT-MZI-1300

ITEM #

INT-MZI-850

INT-MZI-1300

Wavelength Range

780 - 925 nm

1225 - 1375 nm

Free Spectral Range*

103.3 GHz (±5%)

Insertion Loss**

<1.5 dB (Typical), 3 dB (Max)

Power Monitor Bandwidth

<0.7 dB (Typical), 1 dB (Max) DC - 200 MHz (3 dB)

MZI Output Bandwidth

DC - 200 MHz (3 dB)

Fiber

780-HP

Dimensions (W x H x D)

SMF-28e+ 120 mm x 80 mm x 16 mm (4.72" x 3.5" x 0.63")

*Custom models with choice of Free Spectral Range are available; please contact technical support for more information. **Includes connector losses for the input and output pigtail, measured at central wavelength

Rapidly swept laser sources typically use sinusoidal tuning elements to achieve the very fast optical frequency sweep speeds required for OCT imaging applications. Accurate and reliable re-calibration of the OCT signal is required so that the final data points are evenly spaced in frequency. The Thorlabs swept source laser features a built-in Mach-Zehnder Interferometer (MZI) with balanced detector output that can be used for just this purpose. A frequency clock is derived from the zero crossings of the MZI interference fringe signal; these zero crossings are equally spaced in optical frequency (k-space).

ITEM # INT-MZI-850

$

PRICE 1,810.00

DESCRIPTION 850 nm Mach-Zehnder Interferometer

INT-MZI-1300

$

1,810.00

1300 nm Mach-Zehnder Interferometer

207


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Interferometers: Michelson Type

Femtosecond Technologies

Thorlabs’ Michelson Interferometer Modules ease the task of building Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems for both our research and industry customers. Each module contains a fiber coupler network with outputs for both reference and sample arms. The internal couplers are optimized to ensure the output signal is insensitive to changes in the input polarization.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Objective Lenses

Both modules offered here have an integrated balanced detector based on two InGaAs photodetectors for use in high sensitivity SS-OCT applications. The modules also feature an additional input for a 660 nm (±30 nm) aiming laser to assist in the alignment of the sample arm OCT beam. The housing includes FC/APC-angled fiber adapters for easy coupling to both the sample and reference arms.

INT-MSI-1300B

OCT Components

Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available

Optical Filters FLIM Source

WDM

Aiming Laser

Circulator

Broadband Source

Reference Arm

50/50

Scanning Mirror

Sample Arm Sample

Data Acquisition Device

INT-MSI-1300

Figure 2: Sample Setup of INT-MSI-1300 in an OCT System

Internal Fiber Network

Features­­ n <5

dB Coupling Loss n Flat Wavelength Response (See Figure 3) n Input for Aiming Beam (660 nm) to Aid Alignment n Power Supply Included n DC to 15 MHz or DC to 100 MHz Bandwidths Available

Figure 2 above shows a sample setup of the INT-MSI-1300 Interferometer in an SS-OCT system. The incoming broadband light source, which has a central wavelength of 1300 nm, passes through a circulator and a broadband 50/50 coupler. Back-reflected light from both the sample and reference arms of the interferometer are combined in the 50/50 coupler, generating the interference fringe signals that pass through the circulator and the WDM coupler to the inputs of the balanced detector, the output of which is labeled as the data acquisition device in Fig. 2. ITEM #

1300 nm IN --> Output Ports (%)

100

Output Bandwidth (3 dB) Transimpedance Gain Saturation Power**

60

Input Power Laser (Max)**

InGaAs/PIN DC to 15 MHz

DC to 100 MHz

51 kV/A

100 kV/A

70 µW

35 µW

250 mW

250 mW

Aiming Laser Wavelength Range

40

Path Length Difference

630 - 690 nm <0.1 mm (Typical), 0.2 mm (Max)

Peak Responsivity

20

1.0 A/W

Fiber Type

SMF-28e+

Input/Output Port

1250

1300

1350

Wavelength (nm) Figure 3: Coupling of the INT-MSI-1300/INT-MSI-1300B measured from the 1300 nm IN port to the SAMPLE and REFERENCE ARM ports.

1400

Insertion Loss* 1300 nm to Sample Arm and Reference Arm Insertion Loss* for 660 nm to Probe Dimensions (W x H x D)

INT-MSI-1300B

1250 - 1350 nm

Detector Material/Type

Reference Arm Sample Arm

80

0 1200

208

INT-MSI-1300

Wavelength Range

FC/APC <4.2 dB (Typical), 5.0 dB (Max) <3.0 dB (Typical), 4.5 dB (Max) 120 mm x 80 mm x 21 mm (4.72" x 3.15" x 0.83")

*Includes connector losses of the input and output pigtail, measured at the central wavelength. ** Conversion gain measured with respect to the output power using a high impedance load; the value is halved with a 50 Ω impedance.

ITEM # INT-MSI-1300

$

PRICE 2,310.00

DESCRIPTION 1300 nm, 15 MHz Michelson-Type Interferometer

INT-MSI-1300B

$

2,310.00

1300 nm, 100 MHz Michelson-Type Interferometer


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Interferometers: Common Path Thorlabs’ Common-Path Interferometer module is designed for common-path Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) applications where the reference and sample arm signals arise from the same optical path. Internal couplers are optimized for flat wavelength response and coupling losses that have a very low polarization dependence. The interferometer module includes FC/APC-angled fiber adapters on all external connections. All internal connections are fusion spliced. To simplify alignment, we have added an additional input for a 660 nm (¹30 nm) aiming laser. This module is intended for constructing an SS-OCT system with an interferometer that follows a common path configuration, similar to that shown in Fig. 4 below. The probe interfaced with this module has a reference arm and sample arm. Reflections from both arms are combined to produce interference fringes that are detected by one channel of the integrated balanced detector. The second channel of the detector may be used to offset the DC component of the interference signal by using an external variable optical attenuator to control the amount of light reaching the second detector channel. The integrated balanced detector utilizes two InGaAs photodetectors. The RF output signal from the ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier is proportional to the difference between the two photocurrents, which reduces common-mode noise.

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

INT-COM-1300

Features n 2.3

dB Coupling Loss Wavelength Response (See Figures 5 and 6 Below) n Input for 660 nm Alignment Beam n Compact Design n Power Supply Included n Flat

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Custom Models & Volume Pricing Available Sample WDM

Probe

Slope Compensation

Variable Optical Attenuator

Aiming Laser

Circulator

OCT Laser

95/5

Figure 5: Wavelength response of coupling from the input to probe port.

Data Acquisition Device

INT-COM-1300 Figure 4: Sample Setup of INT-COM-1300 in an OCT System

SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength Range

1250 nm - 1350 nm

Insertion Loss from 1300 nm Input to Probe

<1.5 dB (Typical), 2.3 dB (Max)

Insertion Loss from 1300 nm Input to VOA Input

<17 dB (Typical), 20 dB (Max)

Insertion Loss from 660 nm Input to Probe Bandwidth (3 dB)

DC to 15 MHz 120 mm x 80 mm x 21 mm (4.72" x 3.15" x 0.83")

Dimensions (W x H x D)

ITEM # INT-COM-1300

<2 dB (Typical), 4 dB (Max)

PRICE $ 2,410.00

Figure 6: Wavelength response of coupling from the input to variable optical attenuator (VOA) input port.

DESCRIPTION 1300 nm, 15 MHz Common-Path OCT Interferometer

209


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT-Proven Broadband 2 x 2 Fiber-Optic Couplers

Femtosecond Technologies

Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Spectral Domain OCT 1

CIR

PC

2

3

Reference Arm VA M C

Broadband Light Source

PC

FC

FC Grating

Balanced Detector

Sample Arm

OCT Components

Sample Arm

CCD

FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Spectrometer

Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Features

FLIM Source

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Reference Arm VA M C

n Operating

Wavelengths: • 850 ± 40 nm • 850 ± 50 nm • 1060 ± 50 nm • 1310 ± 70 nm n Flat Spectral Response n Low Insertion Loss n Available Coupling Ratio: 99:1, 90:10, or 50:50 n FC/APC Connectors n Customized Fiber Lengths and Connectors Available

FC1310-70-50-APC

Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) systems require components that operate over a broad spectral range with minimal spectral dependency. Thorlabs’ OCT-proven couplers are tested to ensure minimal wavelengthdependent insertion loss variations, making them an ideal choice for integration into many custom-built OCT systems. The FC850, FC1060, and FC1310 series of OCT-proven broadband couplers are polarization-independent, passive, 2 x 2 single mode fiber optic components designed for use over larger bandwidths. An important consideration in the design of an OCT system is the flat spectral response of the components in the system. Shown below are the spectral response curves for the FC1310 series of couplers.

210

Spectral Uniformity for FC1310 Series 1.5

Change in Transmission (dB)

Each optical path is analyzed, yielding four traces for each coupler. For an operating bandwidth of 140 nm, the maximum variation of any optical path will not surpass 1.5 dB (2.0 dB @ 850 nm), and for an operating bandwidth of 100 nm, the maximum variation will not surpass 1.0 dB. This guarantees a flat response across a wide wavelength range, making these couplers perfect for broadband experiments and OCT imaging.

Optical Path Blue to Red Blue to White White to Red White to White

**For reference only** Device-Specific Curves will Vary

1.0 Δλ = 100 nm

0.5

0.0 1230

1270

1310

Wavelength (nm)

1350

1390


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT-Proven Broadband 2 x 2 Fiber-Optic Couplers

Femtosecond Technologies

1300 nm Test Setup

Experimental Test Procedure Step 1: A broadband light source is spectrally analyzed, and the trace is saved as Reference ‘A’.

Broadband Light Source (BW > 160 nm)

Step 2: This reference light is sent to the coupler; the output of the coupler is analyzed and saved as trace ‘B’ (Fig. 1 below).

Optical Spectrum Analyzer

FC/APC

Broadband Light Source (BW > 160 nm)

FC/APC

Confocal Accessories Optical Spectrum Analyzer

FC/APC

Coupler

Multiphoton Subsystems

Reference ‘A’

Coupler Output ‘B’

Microscopy Stages OCT Components

Step 3: These two traces are normalized to 0 dB so that they share a common reference intensity (Fig. 2 below).

Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Step 4: The difference between these normalized curves is calculated and plotted (Difference = A – B) in Fig. 3 below. The result is the spectral uniformity curve for the fiber coupler, showing the variation in dB across the wavelength band of interest.

Figure22: NormalizedSpectra Spectra Figure - Normalized

Intensity (dB)

-14 -17 -20 -23 1230

Reference ‘A’ Coupler Output ‘B’ 1310

1390

Wavelength (nm)

1.5

Figure 33:- Difference -B Figure Difference AA-B

0

Difference (dB)

Relative Intensity (dB)

Figure11: Raw Spectra Spectra Figure - Raw

FLIM Source

-3 Reference ‘A’ Coupler Output ‘B’ -6 1230

1310

Wavelength (nm)

1390

1.0

0.5 Difference A-B 0.0 1230

1310

1390

Wavelength (nm)

Specifications ITEM #

FC850-40-50-APC

Wavelength Range

FC850-50-10-APC

850 ± 40 nm

FC850-50-01-APC

850 ± 50 nm 780HP Ø900 µm Hytrel Tubing

Fiber Type Coupling Ratio (%) Insertion Loss

FC1060-50-50-APC

FC1310-70-50-APC

FC1310-70-10-APC

1060 ± 50 nm

1310 ± 70 nm

Corning HI1060

Corning SMF-28e+ Ø900 µm Hytrel Tubing

FC1310-70-01-APC

50:50

90:10

99:1

50:50

50:50

90:10

99:1

4.2/4.2 dB

0.9/13 dB

0.4/22 dB

3.7/3.7 dB

3.8/3.8 dB

0.8/12.7 dB

0.4/21.6 dB

Polarization Dependent Loss (PDL)

0.2 dB

Excess Loss

1.0 dB

Directivity

0.5 dB

0.15 dB 0.2 dB

55 dB

Port Configuration

0.5 dB 60 dB

2x2

Operating Temperature Range

-40 to 85 °C

Storage Temperature Range

-40 to 85 °C

Lead Length and Tolerance

1 m + 0.075/-0.0 m

Connectors

2.0 mm Narrow Key FC/APC

ITEM #

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FC850-40-50-APC

$

260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 40 nm, 50:50, FC/APC

FC850-50-10-APC

$

260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 50 nm, 90:10, FC/APC

FC850-50-01-APC

$

260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 850 nm ± 50 nm, 99:1, FC/APC

FC1060-50-50-APC

$

260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1060 nm ± 50 nm, 50:50, FC/APC

FC1310-70-50-APC

$

260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 50:50, FC/APC

FC1310-70-10-APC FC1310-70-01-APC

$ $

260.10 260.10

Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 90:10, FC/APC Broadband Fiber Optic Coupler, 1310 nm ± 70 nm, 99:1, FC/APC

211


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

OCT-Proven Broadband Circulator

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

n Polarization

Independent n Broadband Operating Wavelength Range: 1280 - 1400 nm n <1.6 dB Insertion Loss n 1 m Single Mode (SMF-28e+) Fiber with FC/APC Connectors n Ø900 µm Loose Protective Jacket n Customized Fiber Length and Connectorization Available

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Spectra

Swept Source OCT

Features

Swept Laser Source

1

CIR

2

3

Reference Arm VA M C

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Gratin

Balanced Detector

Sample Arm

FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Circulators are a component of the interferometer modules in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) systems. Fiber Optic Circulators, such as the CIR-1310-50-APC, guide light from the input fiber (Port 1) to the output fiber (Port 2). Light returning through the output fiber is redirected to a third fiber (Port 3) with minimal loss. The circulator isolates the input source (Port 1) from light returning from Port 2.

CCD

Port 2

Circulator

Wavelength Range

100%

Normalized coupling efficiency versus wavelength for the two beam propagation paths of a typical OCT-proven 1310 nm circulator (CIR-1310-50-APC). Port 1 ➝ 2 shows a mean coupling efficiency of 88%. Port 2 ➝ 3 shows a mean coupling efficiency of 86% and a standard deviation of 12%.

80% 60% 40% Port 2->3 Port 1->2

20% 0% 1280

Port 3

Port 1

Each OCT-Proven Broadband Circulator has been tested for optimal application in SS-OCT imaging system designs. An important consideration in the design of an OCT system is the flat spectral response of the components in the system. The CIR-1310-50-APC was chosen as an OCT-proven broadband circulator because of its flat spectral response over its operating range. SPECIFICATIONS 1310 nm Circulator Spectral Transmission

1300

1320

1340

1360

1380

1400

ITEM # CIR-1310-50-APC

$

>28 dB

Insertion Loss

<1.6 dB

Directivity (Port 1 ➝ 3) Return Loss Polarization-Dependent Loss Polarization Mode Dispersion Optical Power

50 dB 45 dB <0.2 dB <0.05 ps 500 mW (Max)

Operating Temperature

0 to 70 °C

Storage Temperature

-40 to 85 °C

Fiber Type Connector

PRICE 700.00

1280 - 1400 nm

Isolation

Pigtail Type and Length

Wavelength (nm)

SMF-28e+ Ø900 µm Loose Tube, 1.0 ± 0.1 m FC/APC (Angled) for Each Port

DESCRIPTION Broadband Fiber Circulator, 1280-1400 nm

Integrated Detection Modules Reference Arm

Scanning Mirror

Aiming Laser

Circulator

Broadband Source

50/50 Sample Arm Sample

212

WDM

INT-MSI-1300B

Data Acquisition Device

Broa Light

FC

CIR-1310-50-APC

FLIM Source

Normalized Coupling Efficiency

PC

Schematic of a Swept Source OCT imaging system. A key component in the imaging system is the INT-MSI-1300B Michelson-Type Interferometer (see page 208), which utilizes a CIR-1310-50-APC. In the interferometer, the circulator guides the light emitted by the broadband light source into the sample and reference arms of the OCT system. The light returning from the sample and reference arms is then guided to the detector.


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Aiming Beam Couplers: 660/1310 nm WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexers (WDMs) are an integral component of interferometer modules in Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) systems that require an aiming laser. Thorlabs’ Michelson-Type and Common-Path interferometers contain a WDM inside the module (see pages 208 – 209). However, if you are building your own interferometer, a WDM can be included to add aiming beam functionality at 660 nm and 1310 nm (see schematic below).

WD202A2-FC

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS PARAMETERS

WD202A2

Operating Wavelength

660/1310 nm

Max Insertion Loss*

0.4 dB

Polarization Dependent Loss

<0.1 dB

Wavelength Bandwidth

±40 nm @ 1310 nm

Operating Temperature

-40 to 85 °C

Storage Temperature

-50 to 85 °C

Fiber Type

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Designed

for Coupling 660 nm Aiming Laser into 1310 nm Swept Source OCT System n <0.4 dB Insertion Loss @ 1310 nm n Flat (±3.5%) Spectral Response from 1250 nm to 1360 nm

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

Our WDM components can effectively combine (or separate) single mode signals at two wavelengths: 660 nm and 1310 nm. Based on the proven Fused Biconic Taper (FBT) technology, each of these multiplexers provides a broad operating wavelength range and low insertion loss. All of our WDM couplers are available with any connector style (FC/PC is standard, other connectors available upon request) and include Ø900 µm loose tubing to protect the fibers. Please visit www.thorlabs.com for WDMs with other wavelengths.

2

1310 nm

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

2.76" (70.0 mm)

Ø0.16" (4.0 mm) 1300/660 nm

0.5 m of SMF-28e+

Jacket

Ø900 µm Loose Tubing

3

630 – 690 nm

* Insertion loss will change depending on connector type; specified without connectors

Integrated Detection Module with Aiming Beam WDM

Aiming Laser

Circulator

Broadband Source

Reference Arm

50/50

Scanning Mirror

Sample Arm Sample

INT-MSI-1300

Data Acquisition Device

Setup of INT-MSI-1300 with a Michelson Interferometer module (see page 208). The WD202A2 660/1310 nm WDM is incorporated into Thorlabs’ SS-OCT Imaging System to provide users with a collinear aiming laser with the OCT imaging beam. Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.

Wavelength Division Multiplexers (WDM) ITEM # WD202A2

$

PRICE 272.90

WD202A2-FC

$

350.90

DESCRIPTION OCT-Proven 660/1310 nm Wavelength Division Multiplexer OCT-Proven 660/1310 nm Wavelength Division Multiplexer, FC/PC

213


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Fiber Polarization Controllers

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

FPC030

FPC020

Microscopy Stages

FPC560 For Bend-Sensitive Fibers

Spectral Domain OCT

Swept Source OCT Swept Laser Source

1 3

Optical Filters

CIR

PC

2

Sample Arm

VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Sample Arm

CCD

Spectrometer

1.50

FPC030

1.06" (27 mm)

±117.5°

FPC031

1.06" (27 mm)

±117.5°

FPC032

1.06" (27 mm)

±117.5°

FPC560

2.2" (56 mm)

±117.5°

FPC561

2.2" (56 mm)

±117.5°

FPC562

214

2.2" (56 mm)

±117.5°

1.25

5π/2

1.00

0.75

3π/2

0.50

π

0.25

π/2

0.00 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Wavelength (µm)

BEND LOSS N/A N/A ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB N/A ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB

1.50

Retardance (Waves)

±143°

Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC560

1.25

5π/2 2π

1.00

3π/2

0.75 π

0.50

π/2

0.25

0.00 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Wavelength (µm)

These plots show the retardance per paddle for silica fiber with Ø125 µm cladding when used with paddles of three varying loop diameters (18, 27, and, 56 mm, respectively.)

Retardance (Radians)

0.71" (18 mm)

Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC030

Retardance (Radians)

FPC020

OPERATING FOOTPRINT WAVELENGTH CONNECTORS 3.06" x 0.5" N/A N/A (77.7 mm x 12.7 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" N/A N/A (216 mm x 25 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1625 nm FC/PC (216 mm x 25 mm) 8.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1625 nm FC/APC (216 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" N/A N/A (317.5 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1620 nm FC/PC (317.5 mm x 25 mm) 12.5" x 1.0" 1260 - 1620 nm FC/APC (317.5 mm x 25 mm)

9π/2 4π 7π/2 3π 5π/2 2π 3π/2 π π/2 0 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Wavelength (µm)

Please check our website for detailed operating theory. PADDLE ROTATION

3.00 2.75 2.50 2.25 2.00 1.75 1.50 1.25 1.00 0.75 0.50 0.25 0.00

Retardance Per Paddle Ø125 µm Clad Fiber on FPC020 Retardance (Radians)

These polarization controllers utilize stress-induced birefringence produced by wrapping fiber around two or three spools (item dependent) to create independent wave plates that alter the polarization of the transmitted light in the single mode fiber. The FPC031, FPC032, FPC561, and FPC562 fiber polarization controllers come preloaded with fiber.

LOOP DIAMETER

Reference Arm VA M C

FC

If your application includes single mode fiber and requires linearly polarized light, the FPC Series of Polarization Controllers can be easily implemented to convert elliptically polarized light in a single mode fiber into another state of polarization, including linearly polarized light. This polarization conversion is achieved by loading the paddles with a prescribed number of fiber loops and adjusting their positions to control the output polarization state.

ITEM #

PC

Grating

FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Broadband Light Source

FC

Balanced Detector

FLIM Source

Reference Arm VA M C

Retardance (Waves)

Objective Lenses

Retardance (Waves)

OCT Components


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Fiber Polarization Controllers Note: The FPC030 and FPC020 Controllers work well with most of our single mode fibers. For fibers with higher bend loss (e.g., SMF-28e+), we recommend FPC560, which has larger paddles. Convert Between Linearly and Elliptically Polarized Light

l/2

l/4

These fiber polarization controllers allow the user to convert linearly polarized light to elliptically polarized light, to rotate linearly polarized light, or to achieve arbitrary polarization states.

Output Polarization

l/4

These images show an ideal case. The fractional retardance of each paddle depends upon many factors, including the wavelength, the number of fiber loops, and the fiber type.

Input Polarization

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Rotate Linearly Polarized Light l/2

l/4

Output Polarization

Achieve Arbitrary Polarization States

l/4

l/2

l/4

Output Polarization

FLIM Source

l/4

Input Polarization

Input Polarization

ITEM # FPC020

$

PRICE 187.68

DESCRIPTION Miniature 2-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller

FPC030

$

193.80

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, No Fiber

FPC031

$

237.05

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, FC/PC Connectors, CCC1310-J9 Fiber

FPC032

$

257.45

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Small Paddles, FC/APC Connectors, CCC1310-J9 Fiber

FPC560

$

215.42

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, No Fiber

FPC561

$

258.67

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, FC/PC Connectors, SMF-28e+ Fiber

FPC562

$

279.07

3-Paddle Fiber Polarization Controller with Large Paddles, FC/APC Connectors, SMF-28e+ Fiber

Compatible with SMF-28e+ Fiber

In-Line Fiber Polarization Controller Features

The PLC-900 polarization controller is ideal for applications that n Insensitive to Wavelength Variations require a stable, compact, manual controller. It is designed to be n For Ø900 µm Tight-Buffered Fiber used with Ø900 µm jacketed single mode fiber. Simply place the n Compact 1" x 3" (25.4 mm x 76.2 mm) Footprint fiber in a channel and hold in place with end-clamps. An adjustable knob allows the fiber to be squeezed and PLC-900 rotated, providing the ability to convert an Specifications arbitrary input state of polarization into any n Insertion Loss: <0.05 dB other state of polarization; any point on the n Return Loss: >65 dB Poincare sphere may be set. A separate knob is used to lock the controller into position. n Extinction Ratio: >40 dB ITEM # PLC-900

$

PRICE 510.00

DESCRIPTION In-Line Fiber Polarization Controller for Ø900 µm Tight-Buffered Fiber

215


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Balanced Detectors: Overview

Femtosecond Technologies

Swept Source OCT

Multiphoton Subsystems

Schematic Diagram of a Swept Source OCT System

Swept Laser Source

Reference Arm VA

PC Confocal Accessories

1

CIR

C

2 FC

3

Microscopy Stages Balanced Detector

OCT Components

M

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial

Sample Arm

Objective Lenses FC: Fiber Coupler PC: Polarization Controller C: Collimator VA: Variable Attenuator M: Mirror CIR: Circulator

Optical Filters FLIM Source

PDB420A PolarizationIndependent Balanced Detector

INT-POL-1300

OR

Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector

See Page 73 for an OCT Tutorial Polarization-Independent Balanced Detectors

Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector

n Fiber-Coupled

n Fiber-Coupled

and Free-Space Inputs n Wavelengths Between 320 and 1700 nm n See Pages 217 - 220

Thorlabs’ Swept Source OCT (SS-OCT) imaging systems incorporate polarization-independent balanced detectors, which use common mode rejection and autocorrelated noise suppression to improve image quality and signal-to-noise ratio. In the diagram above, which shows the light path in an SS-OCT system, light exiting the fiber coupler (labeled FC) is incident on each photodiode input of the balanced detector. The detector subtracts the two signals to identify and reduce noise. The output voltage can be read using an oscilloscope or other data acquisition device. See pages 208 – 209 for interferometer modules for OCT with balanced detectors already integrated into the package.

Inputs n Wavelengths Between 1270 and 1350 nm n See Page 221

Thorlabs’ balanced detectors are optimized for low DC offset and high transimpedance gain. The active lowpass anti-aliasing filter incorporated into the design helps remove the frequency aliasing effect associated with high-frequency signal digitization processes. SELECTION GUIDE Wavelength 320 - 1000 nm 800 - 1700 nm

Type

DC - 15 MHz DC - 75 MHz DC - 100 MHz DC - 200 MHz

Optimized for 1060 nm

DC - 400 MHz 30 kHz - 1 GHz

Optimized for 1300 nm

DC - 400 MHz 30 kHz - 1.6 GHz

1270 - 1350 nm

216

Available Bandwidths

DC - 15 MHz

Page 217 218

Polarization Independent 219 220 Polarization Diversity

221


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 320 – 1000 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features Range: 320 – 1000 nm n Switchable Power Supply Included n Inputs Adaptable to Free-Space and Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >35 dB (Typical)

Multiphoton Subsystems

These balanced detectors for the 320 – 1000 nm range each feature a pair of well-matched silicon photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The two photodetectors are matched to achieve an excellent common mode rejection ratio, leading to better noise reduction.

OCT Components

n Wavelength

PDB410A

Responsivity (A/W)

0.6

Si Photodiode Responsivity

Each input features a removable FC input connector, making them suitable for either free space or fiber-coupled applications. The inputs on these detectors are not fibercoupled to the photodiodes.

0.4

0.2

0.0 320

456

592

728

864

1000

Wavelength (nm)

ITEM #

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 1 MHz.

PDB440A

PDB420A

Detector Type

PDB410A

PDB460A

DC – 100 MHz

DC – 200 MHz

Si/PIN

Wavelength Range

320 – 1000 nm

Bandwidth (3 dB)

DC – 15 MHz

DC – 75 MHz

Peak Responsivity

0.53 A/W

Active Detector Diameter

0.53 A/W

0.8 mm

Common Mode Rejection Ratio

0.8 mm

>35 dB

Transimpedance Gain* Conversion Gain RF-Output

>25 dB (>35 dB Typical)

51 x 103 V/A

250 x 103 V/A

50 x 103 V/A

30 x 103 V/A

103

103

103

16 x 103 V/W

27 x

V/W

Conversion Gain Monitor Output

133 x

V/W

26.5 x

V/W

10 V/mW @ 820 nm

CW Saturation Power RF-Output NEP (Min)

130 µW @ 820 nm

27 µW @ 820 nm

135 µW @ 820 nm

225 µW @ 820 nm

6.4 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

6.5 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

7 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

13.2 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

Optical Inputs

FC/PC or FC/APC (Removable)

Photodiode Damage Threshold

20 mW

RF Output Impedance

50 W

Post Mounting

Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws

Dimensions

85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")

Power Supply

±12 VDC @ 200 mA, 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage

*Transimpedance Gain is reduced by a factor of two for 50 W loads

ITEM #* PDB440A

$

PRICE 1,335.00

DESCRIPTION Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 15 MHz

PDB420A

$

1,235.30

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 75 MHz

PDB410A

$

1,110.00

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 100 MHz

PDB460A

$

1,355.00

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, Si, 200 MHz

*Add -AC to the Item # for a version with AC-Coupling.

217


Imaging Components

Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 800 – 1700 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Wavelength

Range: 800 – 1700 nm n Switchable Power Supply Included n Inputs Adaptable to Free Space and Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >35 dB (Typical)

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

InGaAs Photodiode Responsivity

1.2 1.0 Responsivity (A/W)

MOM Upgrade Kit

0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

Wavelength (nm)

PDB440C

These balanced detectors for the 800 – 1700 nm range each feature a pair of well-matched silicon photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The two photodetectors are matched to achieve an excellent common mode rejection ratio, leading to better noise reduction. The inputs of each detector (except the PDB460C) feature a removable FC input connector, making them suitable for either free space or fiber-coupled applications. The inputs on these detectors are not fiber-coupled to the photodiodes. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 1 MHz. ITEM #

PDB440C

PDB420C

PDB410C

Detector Type Wavelength Range

800 – 1700 nm

Bandwidth (3 dB)

DC – 15 MHz

DC – 75 MHz

Peak Responsivity

DC – 100 MHz

DC – 200 MHz

1.0 A/W

Active Detector Diameter

0.3 mm

Common Mode Rejection Ratio

0.15 mm

>35 dB

Transimpedance Gain* Conversion Gain RF-Output

>25 dB (>35 dB Typical)

51 x 103 V/A

250 x 103 V/A

50 x 103 V/A

30 x 103 V/A

103

103

103

30 x 103 V/W

51 x

V/W

250 x

V/W

50 x

V/W

Conversion Gain Monitor Output

10 V/mW @ 1550 nm

10 V/mW @ 1550 nm

10 V/mW @ 1550 nm

10 V/mW @ 1550 nm

CW Saturation Power RF-Output

70 µW @ 1550 nm

15 µW @ 1550 nm

72 µW @ 1550 nm

120 µW @ 1550 nm

3.3 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

3.5 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

3.8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

6.0 pW/Hz1/2 (DC - 10 MHz)

NEP (Min) Optical Inputs**

FC/PC or FC/APC (Removable)

Photodiode Damage Threshold

FC/PC or FC/APC (Not Removable) 20 mW

RF Output Impedance

50 W

Post Mounting

Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws

Dimensions

85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")

Power Supply

±12 VDC @ 200 mA, 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage

*Transimpedance Gain is reduced by a factor of two for 50 W loads

**For Model PDB460C, the FC adapter is not removable

ITEM #* PDB440C

$

PRICE 1,420.00

PDB420C

$

1,320.00

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 75 MHz

PDB410C

$

1,160.00

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 100 MHz

PDB460C

$

1,342.65

Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 200 MHz

*Add -AC to the Item # for a version with AC-Coupling

218

PDB460C

InGaAs/PIN

DESCRIPTION Balanced Amplified Photodetector, Fixed Gain, InGaAs, 15 MHz


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 900 – 1400 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Optimized

for 1060 nm (900 – 1400 nm

Range) n Switchable Power Supply Included n FC/APC Inputs for Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >30 dB (Typical)

PDB481C-AC

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

These balanced detectors, optimized for 1060 nm, each feature a pair of well-matched InGaAs photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The photodiodes are connected to the FC/APC optical inputs with exactly length-matched fiber to achieve excellent common mode rejection ratio values across the full detector bandwidth. The fiber-coupled design suppresses line artifacts in the OCT image, which generally occur when detector coupling optics are used. The combination of fiber and photodiodes was chosen to optimize these detectors for 1060 nm (900 - 1400 nm range).

Optical Filters FLIM Source

The 30 kHz - 1.0 GHz bandwidth PDB481C-AC detector is offered in an AC-coupled version only and incorporates the latest design for OCT balanced amplified photodetectors. The ultra-low-distortion output stage supports up to a 2 Vp-p A/D card input range, which, combined with the fiber-coupled design, improves the image quality for OCT applications considerably. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 3 MHz.

ITEM #

PDB471C

Detector Type Operating Wavelength

InGaAs/PIN Optimized for 1060 nm (900 - 1400 nm Range)

Internal Coupling Fiber Bandwidth (3 dB)

HI1060 DC – 400 MHz

Peak Responsivity Active Detector Diameter

Responsivity (A/W)

Transimpedance Gain

1.2

Conversion Gain RF-Output

1.0

Conversion Gain Monitor Output CW Saturation Power RF-Output

0.8

NEP (Min)

0.6

Optical Inputs

0.4

Photodiode Damage Threshold

30 kHz – 1.0 GHz

0.72 A/W @ 1060 nm 0.080 mm

Common Mode Rejection Ratio

PDB471C and PDB481C-AC Detector Responsivity

PDB481C-AC

>25 dB (>30 dB Typical) 10 x 103 V/A

16 x 103 V/Aa

103

11.5 x 103 V/W @ 1060 nma

7.2 x V/W @ 1060 nm

7.2 V/mW @ 1060 nm 530 µW @ 1060 nm

8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC to 100 MHz)

9.0 pW/Hz1/2 (30 kHz to 100 MHz)

FC/APC (Not Removable) 5 mW

0.2

RF Output Impedance

0.0 800

Post Mounting

Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws

Dimensions

85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

Wavelength (nm) The shaded blue region marks the specified wavelength range of the detector, while the vertical blue line indicates 1060 nm.

ITEM # PDB471C

$

PRICE 1,700.00

PDB481C-AC

$

1,700.00

Power Supply aFor

50 W

±12 VDC @ 200 mA 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage

a 50 W load

DESCRIPTION Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 400 MHz, InGaAs Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 1.0 GHz, InGaAs, AC Coupled

219


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Balanced Detectors, Polarization Independent: 1200 – 1700 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Optimized

for 1300 nm (1200 – 1700 nm Range) n Switchable Power Supply Included n FC/APC Inputs for Fiber Applications n Excellent Common Mode Rejection Ratio: >30 dB (Typical)

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components

PDB480C-AC

PDB470C and PDB480C-AC Detector Responsivity

Objective Lenses

1.0

Optical Filters

Responsivity (A/W)

FLIM Source

0.8

These balanced detectors, optimized for 1300 nm, each feature a pair of well-matched InGaAs photodiodes and an ultra-low noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The photodiodes are connected to the FC/APC optical inputs with exactly length-matched fiber to achieve excellent common mode rejection ratio values across the full detector bandwidth. The fibercoupled design suppresses line artifacts in the OCT image, which generally occur when detector ITEM # coupling optics are used. The combination Detector Type of fiber and photodiodes was chosen to Operating Wavelength optimize these detectors for 1300 nm Internal Coupling Fiber (1200 – 1700 nm range). The 30 kHz – 1.6 GHz bandwidth PDB481C-AC detector is offered in an AC-coupled version only and incorporates the latest design for OCT balanced amplified photodetectors. The ultra-low-distortion output stage supports up to a 2 Vp-p A/D card input range, which, combined with the fiber-coupled design, improves the image quality for OCT applications considerably. Three SMA electrical connectors provide the balanced output signal plus a fast power monitor for each of the two input signals for all of the balanced detectors. These two monitors can be used as an independent power meter as well as for measuring low frequency modulated signals up to 3 MHz.

220

$

PRICE 1,610.00

PDB480C-AC

$

1,610.00

0.4

0.2 0.0 800

1000

1200

1600

PDB470C

PDB480C-AC InGaAs/PIN

Optimized for 1300 nm (1200 – 1700 nm Range) SMF-28e+ DC – 400 MHz

0.075 mm

Common Mode Rejection Ratio Transimpedance Gain Conversion Gain RF-Output Conversion Gain Monitor Output CW Saturation Power RF-Output NEP (Min) Optical Inputs Photodiode Damage Threshold

30 kHz – 1.6 GHz

0.9 A/W @ 1300 nm

Active Detector Diameter

>25 dB (>30 dB Typical) 10 x 103 V/A

16 x 103 V/Aa

103

14.4 x 103 V/W @ 1300 nma

9x V/W @ 1330 nm

9 V/mW @ 1300 nm 420 µW @ 1300 nm

8 pW/Hz1/2 (DC to 100 MHz)

9.3 pW/Hz1/2 (30 kHz to 100 MHz)

FC/APC (Not Removable) 10 mW 50 W

Post Mounting

Via Included Adapter Plate with 8-32 (M4) Screws

Dimensions

85 mm x 80 mm x 30 mm (3.35" x 3.15" x 1.18")

Power Supply

1800

The shaded blue region marks the specified wavelength range of the detector, while the vertical blue line indicates 1300 nm.

Peak Responsivity

RF Output Impedance

1400

Wavelength (nm)

Bandwidth (3 dB)

aFor

ITEM # PDB470C

0.6

±12 VDC @ 200 mA 110 V or 230 V Selectable Input Voltage

a 50 W load

DESCRIPTION Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 400 MHz, InGaAs Fiber-Coupled Balanced Amplified Photodetector, 1.6 GHz, InGaAs, AC Coupled


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Balanced Detector, Polarization Diversity: 1270 – 1350 nm

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Integrated

Signal Detection with Active Aliasing Filter n Fast Monitor Outputs for External Polarization Adjustment n Excellent Common Mode Rejection n Matched S and P Optical Path Lengths The INT-POL-1300 is a pair of integrated balanced detectors that are used to analyze the S and P States of Polarization (SOP) of two input signals independently. This compact system is designed for polarization-sensitive optical coherence tomography (OCT) applications, but it can also be used in any application where the difference between two signals has to be analyzed with a high degree of sensitivity.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Balanced Receiver Functionality The S and P polarization states of the input are split using a polarizing beamsplitter (PBS) and directed into two balanced detectors, one for each SOP. The receiver is comprised of two balanced photodetectors and an ultra-low-noise, high-speed transimpedance amplifier. The balanced detectors also have active lowpass filters to prevent aliasing effects and to suppress out-of-band noise effectively. These balanced photodetectors operate in the same manner as our PDB400 Series of OCT Balanced Detectors; they subtract the two optical input signals from each other resulting in the cancellation of common mode noise.

Connectors Optical signals are coupled to the photodiodes via two FC/APC input connectors. The unit has six electrical SMA output connectors, three for each polarization state. One of the three for each polarization state outputs provides the balanced signal and the other two are the power monitor outputs. The monitor outputs allow the user to observe the effect of changes to the ITEM # INT-POL-1300 power or SOP of the input signals. The device is OPTICAL PARAMETERS powered via a ±12 VDC input connector (power Wavelength Range (Beamsplitter Limited) 1270 – 1350 nm supply included). Fiber Type Corning SMF-28e+ Optical Connectors

Custom Designs & Volume Pricing Available

Extinction Ratio (PBS)a Max Input Power 1300 nm

FC/APC 22 dB 20 mW

ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS

Responsivity (A/W)

Responsivity for Photodiodes in INT-POL-1300 Balanced Detector Package

Detector Material/Type Detector Wavelength Range

InGaAs/PIN 800 – 1700 nm

1.0

Typical Max Responsivity

0.8

Output Bandwidth RF Output

DC – 15 MHz

1.0 A/W

Output Bandwidth Monitor Output

DC – 5 MHz

0.6

Transimpedance Gain

50 x 10³ V/A

0.4

Conversion Gain Monitor Outputs Saturation Power

0.2 0.0 800

Electrical Output/Impedance DC Offset 1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

Wavelength (nm)

Power Supply aPolarizing

5 V/mW 80 µW @ 1300 nm SMA/50 Ω ±10 mV ±12 V, 200 mA

Beamsplitter

Custom Designs Available (Please Call for Details) ITEM # INT-POL-1300

$

PRICE 2,410.00

DESCRIPTION Polarization-Diversity Balanced Detector

221


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Multiphoton Physiology Objectives

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

N20X-PFH

N16XLWD-PF

Especially chosen for their applicability to multiphoton microscopy, these water-immersion objectives have a high numerical aperture (NA) as well as a long working distance (WD). They also provide a wide transmission and color correction range. N20X-PFH on a Bergamo II Multiphoton Microscope TRITC

Alexa 488

FLIM Source

Features n Suited

for Multiphoton Imaging n High Numerical Aperture Scan Lens Tube Lens n Long Working Distance n Wide Wavelength Transmission and Color Correction A. Confocal Optical Path

Phalloidin DAPI

g-Tubulin Detection Aperture

Merged

Detector

20X 1.0 NA W

Dichroic Mirror

Objective

Illumination Aperture

DNA

Mouse Embryo Section Obtained Using Thorlabs’ Multiphoton Microscopy System. Sample Courtesy of Dr. Rieko Ajima, National Cancer Institute, Center for Cancer Research.

Have you seen our...

B. Multiphoton Optical Path Scan Lens

Tube Lens

Dichroic Mirror

Illumination Beam

Dendritic Spine Images Collected with the N60X-NIR Objective and the Multiphoton Microscopy Laser Tuned to 1040 nm. Sample courtesy of Dr. Tobias Rose of Max Planck Institute for Neurobiology, Martinsreid, Germany.

In the case of Multiphoton Laser Scanning Microscopy, Scan System the objective focuses the Objective collimated illumination beam Detector that passes through the scanning system. The non linear nature of a multiphoton absorption event ensures signal is confined to the focal plane of the objective lens. Therefore, very little signal is generated outside the region above and below the focal plane. Unlike confocal microscopy, this effective elimination of out of focus emission means that the collected signal does not have to go back through the scanning system, thus allowing the detector to be placed as close as possible to the objective to maximize photon collection efficiency (as illustrated in the figure above).

WAVELENGTH ITEM # Ma RANGE NAb WDc LENGTH THREADING DESCRIPTION N16XLWD-PF 16X 380 – 1100 nm 0.80 3.0 mm 77.0 mm M32 x 0.75 Nikon CFI LWD Plan Fluorite Objective N20X-PFH

400 - 900 nm

1.00

2.00 mm

78.9 mm

M25 x 0.75

Olympus XLUMPLFLN 20X $ 6,706.00

N40XLWD-NIR 40X

360 – 1100 nm

1.15

0.61 mm

64.1 mm

M25 x 0.75

Nikon CFI APO 40XW LWD NIR Objective $ 12,973.00

N40X-NIR

40X

380 – 1100 nm

0.80

3.5 mm

62.0 mm

M25 x 0.75

Nikon CFI APO 40XW NIR Objective

$ 2,318.00

N60X-NIR

60X

380 – 1100 nm

1.00

2.8 mm

62.6 mm

M25 x 0.75

Nikon CFI APO 60X NIR Objective

$ 3,694.00

aMagnification

222

20X

PRICE $ 5,533.00

bNumerical

Aperture

cWorking

Distance


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Plan Fluorite Objectives Correction Collar Adjustment

Thorlabs offers infinity-corrected visible and NIR Plan Fluorite microscope objectives from both Olympus and Nikon. Plan Fluorite objectives are corrected at three to four colors for spherical aberration and two to four colors for chromatic aberration. They are designed to produce flat images across the field of view and are well suited for use in color laser scanning microscopy applications. With high signal-to-noise ratios, excellent resolution, and high contrast imaging, they are also useful in brightfield and Nomarski DIC observations.

RMS60X-PFC

The correction collar on the RMS60X-PFC rotates. By rotating the collar, the distance between the objective optical elements is changed, thereby correcting for cover glass thickness. The 45 mm parfocal length of our Olympus objectives can be extended to 60 mm using the PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender featured below. The 60 mm parfocal length of Nikon objectives can be extended using the PL15M25.

RMS4X-PF

Olympus Plan Fluorite Objectives, RMS (0.800"-36) Threading Ma NAb WDc

ITEM # RMS4X-PF

4X

0.13

17 mm

DESCRIPTION PRICE 4X Plan Fluorite Objective $ 547.00

RMS10X-PF

10X

RMS20X-PF

20X

0.30

10 mm

10X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

979.00

0.50

2.1 mm

20X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

1,095.00

RMS40X-PF RMS60X-PFC

40X

0.75

0.51 mm

40X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

1,272.00

60X

0.90

0.2 mm

60X Plan Fluorite Objective w/ Correction Collar

$

3,228.00

bNumerical

cWorking

aMagnification

Aperture

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Distance

Nikon Plan Fluorite Objectives, M25 x 0.75 Threading ITEM # N4X-PF

Ma NAb WDc 4X 0.13 17.2 mm

DESCRIPTION PRICE 4X Plan Fluorite Objective $ 432.00

N10X-PF

10X

0.30

16 mm

10X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

785.00

N20X-PF

20X

0.50

2.1 mm

20X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

870.00

N40X-PF

40X

0.75

0.66 mm

40X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

991.00

N60X-PF

60X

0.85

0.31 - 0.4 mm

60X Plan Fluorite Objective

$

2,334.00

N100X-PFO

100X

1.3

0.16 mm

100X Oil Immersion Plan Fluorite Objective

$

2,112.00

aMagnification

bNumerical

cWorking

Aperture

Distance

Parfocal Length Extender for Objectives Diameter

PL15RMS External RMS Threads

Length

Internal RMS Threads

Parfocal Length

Thorlabs offers parfocal length extenders that increase the parfocal length of any infinity-corrected objective by 15 mm per extender. Industry parfocal length standards vary, as Olympus and Zeiss objectives have a parfocal length of 45 mm, whereas the standard for Nikon and Leica objectives is 60 mm. Furthermore, manufacturers also offer oversized objectives with a 75 mm parfocal length. These extenders allow users to swap microscope objectives manually or using a lens turret without having to refocus the system. This also simplifies microscope automation. The PL15RMS (shown above) features internal and external RMS (0.800"-36) threads on opposite ends and is directly compatible with our OT1 Objective Turret (sold above). The PL15M25 features M25 x 0.75 threads and requires an RMSA2 adapter to be used with the OT1 turret. ITEM # PL15RMS

PRICE $ 72.00

DESCRIPTION 15 mm Parfocal Length Extender for Microscope Objectives, RMS Threading

PL15M25

$ 72.00

15 mm Parfocal Length Extender for Microscope Objectives, M25 x 0.75 Threading

PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender Shown with Objective in the OT1 Lens Turret

223


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Oil Immersion Objectives

Femtosecond Technologies

Thorlabs offers Oil Immersion objectives from both Olympus and Nikon. All of the objectives have a plan fluorite design with the exception of the RMS100X-O, which is a plan achromat. These objectives are designed to provide flat images across the field of view and must be used with a drop of oil placed between the objective and cover glass or image quality will be degraded. The use of oil increases the objective’s NA above 1.

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Iris Diaphragm Adjustment

The RMS60X-PFOD and RMS100X-PFOD objectives feature a built-in iris diaphragm, which is designed to be partially closed during darkfield microscopy. This is absolutely necessary for high numerical aperture (above NA = 1.2) oil immersion objectives when using an oil immersion darkfield condenser. For ordinary brightfield observations, the iris diaphragm should be left fully open.

RMS100X-O

RMS60X-PFOD

RMS100X-PFO

RMS40X-PFO

The 45 mm parfocal length of our Olympus objectives can be extended to 60 mm using the PL15RMS Parfocal Length Extender featured on page 223. The 60 mm parfocal length of Nikon objectives can be extended using the PL15M25, also featured on page 223.

N100X-PFO

Olympus Oil Immersion Objectives, RMS (0.800"-36) Threading ITEM # RMS40X-PFO

Ma NAb WDc 40X 1.3 0.2 mm

DESCRIPTION PRICE 40X Oil Immersion Objective $ 5,798.00

RMS60X-PFOD

60X

1.25 - 0.65

0.12 mm

60X Oil Immersion Objective with Iris

$

3,375.00

RMS100X-PFO

100X

1.3

0.2 mm

100X Oil Immersion Objective

$

2,644.00

1.3 - 0.55

0.2 mm

100X Oil Immersion Objective with Iris

$

3,184.00

1.25

0.15 mm

100X Oil Immersion Plan Achromat Objective

$

1,100.00

RMS100X-PFOD 100X RMS100X-O

100X

aMagnification

bNumerical

cWorking

Aperture

Distance

Nikon Oil Immersion Objective, M25 x 0.75 Threading ITEM # N100X-PFO

Ma NAb WDc 100X

aMagnification

1.3

DESCRIPTION PRICE

0.16 mm

100X Oil Immersion Plan Fluorite Objective bNumerical

cWorking

Aperture

$ Distance

Microscope Immersion Oil Features Designed for Use with Oil Immersion Objectives Low Auto-Fluorescence for Multiphoton Imaging n 30 mL of Oil in Each Bottle n n

The MOIL-30 contains 30 mL of microscope immersion oil ideal for general microscopy. The low auto-fluorescence also makes it ideal for use with multiphoton and other fluorescence imaging microscopes. ITEM # MOIL-30

224

PRICE $ 45.00

DESCRIPTION Immersion Oil, 30 mL

MOIL-30

2,112.00


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

NIR Scan and Tube Lens for Multiphoton Imaging SPECIFICATIONS Effective Focal Length

Scan Lens: 40 mm Tube Lens: 200 mm

Scanning Position

MPM-SL

28.96 mm

Entrance Pupil Diameter

4 mm

Diffraction Limited Field-of-View*

FN12

Design Field-of-View*

FN16

PRICE $ 6,500.00

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

The MPM-SL is a premounted scan and @ FN16: <4.25% F-Theta Distortion @ FN12: <2.25% tube lens combination that is designed to image Optical Path Difference <0.25l Across All Wavelengths the scan plane of a laser scanning mirror system onto the * The Field Number (FN) is given in mm. The Field of View of the imaging system equals the FN divided by the magnification of the objective lens. back aperture of the objective lens. The MPM-SL was designed for the Thorlabs multiphoton essentials kit (see pages 50 - 53) and is offered as a component to support the construction of custom multiphoton or other NIR imaging systems. The scan lens has an effective focal length (EFL) of 40 mm while the tube lens has an EFL of 200 mm. Both lenses are optimized for broadband NIR imaging in the 680 – 1400 nm wavelength range. ITEM # MPM-SL

Femtosecond Technologies

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

DESCRIPTION NIR Scan and Tube Lens for NIR Multiphoton Imaging (680 – 1400 nm)

Visible Scan Lens for Laser Scanning Microscopy The CLS-SL scan lens is ideal for point-by-point laser scanning imaging in the visible wavelength range. This scan lens was originally designed for Thorlabs’ Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy Systems (see pages 54 - 65) and is now made available for customers designing their own laser scanning systems. SPECIFICATIONS Design Wavelength Range

400 – 750 nm

Effective Focal Length

70 mm

f/#

17.5

Diffraction Limited Field of View*

18 mm x 18 mm @ 486 – 750 nm (FN 25.5) 16 mm x 16 mm @ 400 – 750 nm (FN 23)

Scanning Position

59 ± 5 mm from Mounting Plate

Mounting Thread

External SM2 (2.035"-40) on Both Ends

* The Field Number (FN) is given in mm. The Field of View of the imaging system equals the FN divided by the magnification of the objective lens.

ITEM # CLS-SL

PRICE $ 2,510.00

The CLS-SL has a 70 mm effective focal length and is optimized for broadband imaging in the 400 – 750 nm wavelength range. It can be used in combination with the ITL200 tube lens presented below.

CLS-SL

Have you seen our...

DESCRIPTION Scan Lens for LSM (400 – 750 nm)

Tube Lens ITL200

The ITL200 is a tube lens with an effective focal length of 200 mm that is designed for use with Nikon Infinity-Corrected Objective Lenses (see page 223). The tube lens can be used to image onto CCD cameras or in conjunction with eyepieces.

Adapter shown with ITL200 Tube Lens

When paired with the CLS-SL scan lens presented above, the scan plane of a laser scanning imaging system can be relayed to the back aperture of the imaging objective. The M38 x 0.5 external thread on the ITL200 can be easily converted to SM2 (2.035"-40) threading using the SM2A20 adapter, which enables the construction of an optical system consisting of a scan lens and a tube lens using Thorlabs’ standard SM2 lens tube components offered online.

ITEM # ITL200

PRICE $ 450.00

DESCRIPTION Tube Lens for Nikon Infinity-Corrected Objectives

SM2A20

$ 45.00

Thread Adapter with Internal M38 x 0.5 and External SM2 (2.035"-40) Threads

SM2A20

Camera

Scientific Cameras

Tube Lens

Objective

Sample

See Pages 308 - 327

225


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Fluorescence Microscopy Filter Tutorial

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

Excitation Filter Bandpass Filter

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Dichroic Filter

Fluorescence microscopy is an imaging technique that uses the fluorescence of a sample to study its properties. While generally considered a small component, optimally selected filters have a dramatic effect on the resulting image. Fluorophores, or dyes, are often used to selectively stain a portion of the sample for better imaging. Under these imaging conditions, the autofluorescence of the sample becomes a major source of unwanted light in the resulting image. Filters are used to remove this light and improve the quality of the image. The following information highlights the performance characteristics of fluorescence imaging filters offered by Thorlabs.

Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets consist of one excitation filter, one emission filter, and one dichroic mirror/beamsplitter. The combination of these three filters is carefully chosen to maximize the intensity of the emission as seen by the detector while simultaneously reducing the intensity of the autofluorescence of the sample. As the source is directed into the excitation filter, it selectively transmits wavelengths that excite the fluorophore in the sample. The dichroic mirror/beamsplitter, which is oriented at 45° angle MDF-TRITC with respect to the light exiting the excitation filter, transmits only TRITC Filter Set the selected excitation wavelengths and directs them toward the sample. Fluorescence emissions from the sample are transmitted to the detector, while any excitation light reflected back by the sample is diverted. The emission filter allows the desired fluorescence from the sample to reach the detector while blocking unwanted traces of excitation light.

To aid in the selection process, a table of popular fluorophores and recommended filter sets can be found on pages 230 – 231. For a complete listing of fluorophores, our recommended filter sets, and their spectra, please see the fluorescence imaging filters presentation on our website.

226

Transmission (%)

For optimal results, the excitation and emission filters should be centered over the fluorophore’s absorption and emission peaks, respectively (see the graph below to the right). Selecting filters with wide bandwidths maximizes the signal but may result in an overlap of the emission and excitation signal, significantly reducing the resolution of the Cy3.5™ / MDF-CY3.5 Filter Set final image. Selecting filters with narrow bandwidths maximizes 100 MF565-24 spectral separation but may also reduce the signal strength. If MF620-52 MD588 80 Absorption multiple fluorophores with overlapping signals are being used in Emission tandem, the spectra and expected intensity of all dyes must be 60 considered prior to selecting a filter set. 40 20 0 475

525

575

Wavelength (nm)

625

675


Imaging Components

Fluorescence Microscopy Filter Tutorial Bandpass Filters

50

Multiphoton Subsystems

40 30

Confocal Accessories

20 10 0 1575

1600

1625

1650

Microscopy Stages

1675

Wavelength (nm)

OCT Components

The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission band.

Edgepass Filters

Longpass Filter Transmission

100

Objective Lenses

80

Transmission (%)

Edgepass filters are very useful for isolating specific spectral regions. They are an excellent choice for emission filters in fluorescence imaging or for order sorting filters in photometry. Longpass filters transmit wavelengths longer than the cut-off wavelength while blocking wavelengths shorter than the cut-off wavelength. In contrast, shortpass filters block wavelengths longer than the cut-off wavelength and transmit those shorter than the cut-off wavelength. A sample plot illustrating longpass filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ edgepass filters, see page 233.

Femtosecond Technologies

60

Transmission (%)

Bandpass filters transmit light in a narrow, well-defined spectral region while rejecting other unwanted radiation. They are often used as fluorescence emission filters because of their narrow transmission window. The bandwidth, or Full Width Half Maximum (FWHM), of these filters is defined as the wavelength range in which the filter exhibits at least 50% transmission. A sample plot illustrating bandpass filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ bandpass filters, see page 232.

MOM Upgrade Kit

Bandpass Filter Transmission

70

Optical Filters

60

FLIM Source

40 20 0 900

950

1000

1050

1100

Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission band.

Notch Filter Transmission

Notch Filters

Dichroic Mirrors/Beamsplitters Designed for use at 45º, dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters spectrally separate light by transmitting and reflecting light as a function of wavelength. Transmission and reflection are 50% at the cutoff wavelength. A longpass dichroic mirror is highly reflective below the cutoff wavelength and highly transmissive above it, while the shortpass variety is highly transmissive below the cutoff wavelength and highly reflective above it. Dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters are used in many applications, the most common one being fluorescence microscopy (see the Fluorescence Filter Set section on the previous page for more information). A sample plot illustrating shortpass dichroic mirror/beamsplitter behavior can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ dichroic mirrors/beamsplitters, see pages 235 - 240.

Transmission (%)

80 60 40 20 0 480

500

520

540

560

580

600

Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the blocking band.

Shortpass Dichroic Beamsplitter: 45º AOI 100 80 60

%

Notch filters, also commonly referred to as band-stop or band-rejection filters, are designed to transmit most wavelengths but attenuate light within a specific wavelength range (the stop band) to a very low level. Functionally the inverse of bandpass filters, they are often used to obtain a good signal-to-noise ratio in Raman spectroscopy applications or to block light from a laser source in fluorescence microscopy. A sample plot illustrating notch filter performance can be seen to the right. For more information on Thorlabs’ notch filters, see page 234.

100

40 Unpol. Transmission Unpol. Reflectivity

20 0

300

500

700

900

1100

1300

Wavelength (nm) The shaded region in the graph above denotes the transmission and reflection bands.

Plate Beamsplitters Plate beamsplitters with a 50:50 transmission to reflectance ratio split incident light into two beams with equal power when inserted into the light path at a 45° angle. They are ideal for use in photostimulation/uncaging applications where one laser is used for two separate functions. For more information on Thorlabs’ plate beamsplitters, see page 241.

227


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies

Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets

Confocal Accessories

Thorlabs’ mounted Ø25.0 mm excitation and emission filters and unmounted 25.2­­­mm x 35.6 mm dichroic filters are designed specifically for use in fluorescence imaging applications. Nine types of filters are available to accommodate key wavelength ranges for many common fluorophores (or their alternatives).

Microscopy Stages

Filter Design

Multiphoton Subsystems

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Close Up of Engraving

These IBS filters are manufactured to high-performance optical specifications and designed for durability. They are produced with multiple dielectric layers deposited on a high-precision glass substrate. The substrate is ground and polished to ensure that the highest possible image quality is maintained. These hard-coated optics produce filter layers that are more dense than those obtained from electron beam deposition techniques. The dense filter layers reduce water absorption and greatly enhance durability, stability, and performance of the filter. Each filter layer is monitored during growth to ensure minimal deviation from design specification thickness, ensuring overall high-quality filter performance. All filters conform to MIL-STD-810F and MIL-C-48497A environmental standards. SPECIFICATIONS Ø25 mm x 5.0 mm (Excitation) Ø25 mm x 3.5 mm (Emission) 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm x 1.05 mm (Dichroic) Ø21 mm (Excitation and Emission), 80% of Total Area (Dichroic) ±0.1 mm (Excitation/Emission), ±0.05 mm (Dichroic) ±0.1 mm

Size Clear Aperture Thickness Tolerance Dimensional Tolerance Surface Quality

60-40 Scratch-Dig 0° ± 5° (Excitation/Emission), 45° ± 1.5° (Dichroic)

Angle of Incidence

Features n Filter

Sets Include Excitation, Emission, and Dichroic Filters n For use with 9 Types of Fluorophores (or Their Alternatives) • BFP • TRITC • GFP • CFP • TXRED • CY3.5 • FITC • WGFP • YFP n > 90% Transmission at Excitation or Emission Wavelength

Excitation/Emission Filters These Ø25 mm excitation and emission filters feature dielectric layers that are deposited on fused silica substrates and mounted in 5 mm (excitation) or 3.5 mm (emission) thick black anodized housings. Each excitation (or emission) filter provides excellent transmission at the desired excitation or emission wavelength (>90%) with a sharp spectral cutoff and low transmission at other wavelengths (<0.001%). See the next page for graphs of the transmission of these filters. Ø25.0 mm Excitation Filters

For a table listing Thorlabs’ recommended filter sets for use with common fluorophores, please see pages 230 - 231.

228

ITEM # MF390-18 MF434-17 MF445-45 MF469-35 MF475-35 MF497-16 MF542-20 MF559-34 MF565-24

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

PRICE 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 232.70

FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate (TRITC) Texas Red (TXRED) Cyanine (CY3.5)

CENTER WAVELENGTH 390 nm 434 nm 445 nm 469 nm 475 nm 497 nm 542 nm 559 nm 565 nm

FWHM 18 nm 17 nm 45 nm 35 nm 35 nm 16 nm 20 nm 34 nm 24 nm

THICKNESS

FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate/ Cyanine (TRITC/CY3.5) Texas Red (TXRED)

CENTER WAVELENGTH 460 nm 479 nm 510 nm 525 nm 530 nm 535 nm 620 nm 630 nm

FWHM 60 nm 40 nm 42 nm 39 nm 43 nm 22 nm 52 nm 69 nm

THICKNESS

5.0 ± 0.1 mm

Ø25.0 mm Emission Filters ITEM # MF460-60 MF479-40 MF510-42 MF525-39 MF530-43 MF535-22 MF620-52 MF630-69

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

PRICE 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00 233.00

3.5 ± 0.1 mm


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm Dichroic Filters These dichroic filters are designed to separate light of different wavelengths. When light is incident on the filter at a 45° angle with respect to the normal, the excitation light and its associated back reflection are reflected while the longer wavelength fluorescence signal is transmitted. These filters are unmounted. If your application would benefit from a round, mounted dichroic filter with a steeper cut-off, please visit our website. ITEM # PRICE MD416 $ 214.13 MD453 $ 214.13 MD480 $ 214.13 MD498 $ 214.13 MD499 $ 214.13 MD515 $ 214.13 MD568 $ 214.13 MD588 $ 214.13

FLUOROPHORE Blue Fluorescent Protein (BFP) Cyan Fluorescent Protein (CFP) Wild Type GFP (WGFP) Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) Fluorescein Isothiocyanate (FITC) Yellow Fluorescent Protein (YFP) Tetramethylrhodamine Isothiocyanate (TRITC) Cyanine/Texas Red (CY3.5/TXRED)

REFLECTION BAND 360 – 407 nm 423 – 445 nm 415 – 470 nm 452 – 490 nm 470 – 490 nm 490 – 510 nm 525 – 556 nm 533 – 580 nm

TRANSMISSION BAND 425 – 575 nm 460 – 610 nm 490 – 720 nm 505 – 800 nm 508 – 675 nm 520 – 700 nm 580 – 650 nm 595 – 800 nm

THICKNESS

Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

1.05 ± 0.05 mm

OCT Components Objective Lenses

Filter Sets Since standard fluorescence imaging applications generally incorporate three different filters (i.e., one excitation, one emission, and one dichroic filter) to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio, Thorlabs offers these filters as a set at a savings over purchasing them separately. For a table listing Thorlabs' recommended filter sets for use with common fluorophores, please see the next page.

40 20 0 300

350

400 450 500 Wavelength (nm)

MDF-GFP

MF525-39

80 60 40 20 0 400

450 500 550 Wavelength (nm)

MDF-TRITC

MF542-20

MF620-52

80 60 40 20 0 475

525 575 625 Wavelength (nm)

675

40 20 450 500 Wavelength (nm) MF475-35

MF530-43

40 20 450 500 550 Wavelength (nm)

MDF-CY3.5

MF565-24

MF620-52

40 20 0 475

525 575 625 Wavelength (nm)

MD480

60 40 20

100

450 500 550 Wavelength (nm) MF497-16

MF535-22

MD515

60 40 20 500 550 Wavelength (nm)

MDF-TXRED

100

675

600

80

0 450

MD588

60

MF510-42

MDF-YFP

600

80

MF445-45

FLIM Source

80

0 400

MD499

60

100

100

550

80

0 400

600

MD568

60

100

MDF-WGFP

MD453

MDF-FITC

% Transmission

% Transmission

MD498

% Transmission

% Transmission

MF469-35

MF479-40

80

0 400

550

MF434-17

% Transmission

60

100

100

% Transmission

80

100

MDF-CFP

MD416

% Transmission

% Transmission

MF460-60

% Transmission

MDF-BFP

MF390-18

100

Optical Filters

MF559-34

MF630-69

Have you seen our... Microscope Filter Cubes for Mounting and Aligning Fluorescence Filter Sets

600

MD588

80

See Page 244

60 40 20 0 500

550 600 650 Wavelength (nm)

700

Spectral Plots Available as Downloads (See www.thorlabs.com and Search on the Item Number) ITEM # MDF-BFP

PRICE $ 625.00

DESCRIPTION BFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

EXCITATION FILTER MF390-18

EMISSION FILTER MF460-60

DICHROIC FILTER MD416

MDF-CFP MDF-WGFP

$ 625.00

CFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF434-17

MF479-40

MD453

$ 625.00

WGFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF445-45

MF510-42

MD480

MDF-GFP

$ 625.00

GFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF469-35

MF525-39

MD498

MDF-FITC

$ 625.00

FITC Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF475-35

MF530-43

MD499

MDF-YFP

$ 625.00

YFP Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF497-16

MF535-22

MD515

MDF-TRITC

$ 625.00

TRITC Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF542-20

MF620-52

MD568

MDF-CY3.5

$ 625.00

CY3.5 Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF565-24

MF620-52

MD588

MDF-TXRED

$ 625.00

TXRED Fluorescence Imaging Filter Set (3 Filters)

MF559-34

MF630-69

MD588

229


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets Thorlabs’ Filter Sets for Popular Fluorophores The table below includes our suggested filter sets for many common fluorophores used in fluorescence imaging. Please visit our website for a complete listing of all fluorophores that are compatible with our filter sets. Fluorophore 2-dodecylresorufin-lipid

FLIM Source

Compatible Filter Set Suffix

Fluorophore

Peak Excitation l

Peak Emission l

582 nm

595 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

DyLight 405

398 nm

420 nm

-BFP

ECFP

435 nm

475 nm

-CFP

ecliptic pHluorin pH 5.5

473 nm

507 nm

-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC

Emerald

491 nm

511 nm

-GFP, -FITC

Eosin

525 nm

546 nm

-YFP

Ethidium homodimer

527 nm

617 nm

-TRITC

evoglow-Bs1

449 nm

496 nm

-WGFP

FITC (Fluorescein)

495 nm

519 nm

-FITC, -YFP

FlAsH-CCPFCC

511 nm

530 nm

-YFP

-TRITC

Fluo-3

506 nm

527 nm

-YFP

Fluo-4

494 nm

516 nm

-FITC

Fluorescein dextran

501 nm

524 nm

-YFP

Fluorescein-pH 8.0

489 nm

517 nm

-FITC

Fluoro-Emerald

494 nm

518 nm

-YFP

FluoSpheres Red fluorescent microspheres

656 nm

683 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

500 nm

525 nm

-YFP

5-FAM (5-carboxyfluorescein)

492 nm

518 nm

-GFP, -FITC, -YFP

5-ROX (carboxy-X-rhodamine)

578 nm

604 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

Acridine Yellow

470 nm

550 nm

-WGFP

343 nm

441 nm

-BFP

Alexa Fluor 488™

499 nm

520 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Alexa Fluor 500™

503 nm

525 nm

-YFP

Alexa Fluor 546™

556 nm

572 nm

Compatible Filter Set Suffix

Alexa Fluor 568™

579 nm

603 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

AMCA (Aminomethylcoumarin)

350 nm

488 nm

-BFP

AmCyan1

458 nm

489 nm

-CFP, -WGFP

Aqua 431

430 nm

478 nm

-CFP

ATTO 390

392 nm

477 nm

-BFP

ATTO 425

436 nm

484 nm

-CFP, -WGFP

GFP (EGFP)

489 nm

511 nm

-GFP, -FITC

ATTO 465

453 nm

507 nm

-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC

Green 496

496 nm

520 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Green 500

501 nm

524 nm

-YFP

ATTO 488

500 nm

525 nm

-YFP

ATTO 495

495 nm

527 nm

-FITC, -YFP

HCS LipidTOX Green neutral lipid stain

498 nm

507 nm

-FITC

ATTO 565

563 nm

592 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

HCS LipidTOX Green phospholipidosis

504 nm

536 nm

-YFP

BCECF (pH 5.5)

481 nm

518 nm

-GFP, -FITC

BCECF (pH 9.0)

502 nm

528 nm

-YFP

HCS LipidTOX Red neutral lipid stain

582 nm

616 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

BD Horizon V450

406 nm

449 nm

-BFP

HiLyte Fluor™ 405

403 nm

428 nm

-BFP

BFP (EBFP)

380 nm

440 nm

-BFP

HiLyte Fluor™ 488

497 nm

526 nm

-FITC, -YFP

BOBO™-1

461 nm

484 nm

-CFP, -WGFP

Hoechst 33258

532 nm

455 nm

-BFP

-TXRED, -CY3.5

Hoechst 33342

352 nm

455 nm

-BFP

392 nm

440 nm

-BFP

BOBO™-3

230

Peak Emission l

5-carboxy-2,7dichlorofluorescein

Alexa Fluor 350™ Optical Filters

Peak Excitation l

570 nm

605 nm

Calcein

494 nm

514 nm

-FITC

Hoechst 34580

Calcium Green-1

507 nm

529 nm

-YFP

KFP-Red

575 nm

599 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

LIVE-DEAD Fixable Green Dead Cell Stain

498 nm

525 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Live-Dead Fixable Violet Dead Cell Stain

403 nm

455 nm

-BFP

LysoSensor Blue

374 nm

424 nm

-BFP

448 nm

502 nm

-WGFP, -GFP -TXRED, -CY3.5

CellTrace calcein violet

400 nm

452 nm

-BFP

Cerulean

434 nm

473 nm

-CFP

CFP (ECFP)

433 nm

475 nm

-CFP

CFP2

490 nm

510 nm

-GFP, -FITC

Cy2™

492 nm

507 nm

-GFP

LysoSensor Green

Cy3.5™

578 nm

591 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

LysoTracker Red

573 nm

592 nm

CyQUANT GR-DNA

502 nm

523 nm

-YFP

Magnesium Green

507 nm

531 nm

-YFP

DAF-FM-NO

495 nm

519 nm

-FITC, -YFP

mApple

566 nm

594 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

DAPI

359 nm

461 nm

-BFP

mBBr+GSH

394 nm

490 nm

-BFP

DEAC

432 nm

472 nm

-CFP

mCherry

587 nm

610 nm

-TXRED

Dendra2 (Green)

491 nm

507 nm

-GFP, -FITC

mHoneyDew

478 nm

562 nm

-YFP

MitoTracker™ Green

490 nm

512 nm

-GFP, -FITC

MitoTracker™ Red

578 nm

598 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

mRFP1

584 nm

700 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

605 nm

-TRITC, -TXRED, -CY3.5

DiO

475 nm

500 nm

-GFP, -FITC

dTomato

586 nm

582 nm

-TRITC

DY-505-Phalloidin

503 nm

530 nm

-YFP

DY-590

582 nm

599 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

mRuby

558 nm


Imaging Components

Fluorescence Imaging Filters and Sets

MOM Upgrade Kit

Fluorophore

Peak Excitation l

Peak Emission l

Compatible Filter Set Suffix

Fluorophore

Peak Excitation l

Peak Emission l

mStrawberry

574 nm

596 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

Sodium Green

507 nm

532 nm

-YFP

mTFP1

462 nm

492 nm

-WGFP

SpectrumAqua

434 nm

481 nm

-CFP

mWasabi

493 nm

509 nm

-FITC

SpectrumBlue

405 nm

449 nm

-BFP

NBD-X (MeOH)

467 nm

538 nm

-GFP, -FITC

SpectrumGreen

497 nm

538 nm

-YFP

NeuroTrace 500/525 Green Fluorescence Nissl Stain

495 nm

524 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Sulforhodamine 101-EtOH

578 nm

593 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

Nile red-phospholipid

553 nm

637 nm

-TRITC, -TXRED, -CY3.5

SYBR Gold nucleic acid gel stain-DNA

469 nm

539 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Oregon Green™ 488

488 nm

526 nm

-FITC, -YFP

SYBR Green I nucleic acid gel stain-DNA

498 nm

522 nm

-FITC, -YFP

Pacific Blue™

404 nm

455 nm

-BFP

526 nm

-YFP

502 nm

522 nm

-YFP

SYBR Safe DNA gel stain-DNA

509 nm

PicoGreen PKH67

488 nm

500 nm

-GFP

SYTO 9

483 nm

500 nm

-GFP

POPO-1

433 nm

457 nm

-CFP

SYTO 11

506 nm

525 nm

-YFP

PO-PRO-1

433 nm

456 nm

-CFP

SYTO 13

448 nm

506 nm

-GFP, -FITC

Propidium Iodide (PI)

305 nm

617 nm

-TRITC, -TXRED

SYTO 16

489 nm

520 nm

-GFP, -FITC, -YFP

Qdot® 585 Nanocrystals

300 nm

588 nm

-CY3.5

SYTO 45

451 nm

485 nm

-WGFP

Red 580

580 nm

603 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

SYTO RNASelect green fluorescent cell stain

503 nm

527 nm

-YFP

Rhodamine 110

497 nm

519 nm

-FITC, -YFP

SYTOX Blue

444 nm

470 nm

-CFP

Rhodamine 123

507 nm

529 nm

-YFP

SYTOX Green-DNA

504 nm

524 nm

-YFP

Rhodamine Green

497 nm

523 nm

-YFP

TagBFP

402 nm

457 nm

-BFP

Rhodamine Red-X

573 nm

951 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

TagCFP

458 nm

480 nm

-CFP

Rhodol Green

497 nm

524 nm

-FITC, -YFP

rsGFP (red shifted GFP, S65T)

498 nm

516 nm

-FITC

sgBFP™

387 nm

451 nm

-BFP

sgGFP™ (super glow GFP)

472 nm

506 nm

-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC

SNARF (carboxy) 514 Excitation pH 9

576 nm

638 nm

SNARF-1 488 nm (pH 9.0)

576 nm

638 nm

Texas

Red®

Compatible Filter Set Suffix

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

592 nm

614 nm

-TXRED

TRITC (Tertamethylrhodamine) - “reddish”

552 nm

578 nm

-TRITC

TurboGFP

482 nm

503 nm

-GFP, -FITC

Vybrant DyeCycle Green

506 nm

534 nm

-YFP

-TXRED, -CY3.5

474 nm

509 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

X-Rhod-1 Indicator

580 nm

601 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

YFP (yellow GFP)

513 nm

530 nm

-YFP

YO-PRO-1

491 nm

506 nm

-GFP, -FITC

YOYO-1

491 nm

508 nm

-GFP, -FITC

587 nm

-TRITC, -CY3.5

SNARF-1 514 nm (pH 9.0)

576 nm

638 nm

-TXRED, -CY3.5

Select a Filter Set Using Our Spectral Graphs

If you are having difficulty selecting a filter set for your individual application, please contact our Technical Support staff for assistance.

FLIM Source

Cy3.5™ / MDF-CY3.5 Filter Set 100 80

Transmission (%)

Thorlabs’ Imaging Filter Sets are ideal for use with a variety of popular fluorophores. Our website features a table of all compatible fluorophores as well as spectral graphs for comparison. One such graph can be seen to the right. This graph shows the transmission of the excitation, emission, and dichroic filters included in our MDF-CY3.5 as well as the absorption and emission spectra of the Cy3.5™ fluorophore.

OCT Components

Optical Filters

-WGFP, -GFP, -FITC

549 nm

Microscopy Stages

Objective Lenses

wtGFP (wild type GFP, non-UV excitation)

SNARF-1 514 nm (pH 6.0 )

Femtosecond Technologies

MF565-24 MF620-52 MD588 Absorption Emission

60 40 20 0 475

525

575

625

675

Wavelength (nm) 231


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Premium, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters

Femtosecond Technologies

Specifications

Multiphoton Subsystems

n >90%

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

FLH05532-4

FLH1064-8

These high-performance, hard-coated, bandpass filters, which are designed to provide enhanced isolation of key Nd:YAG, HeNe, Ar, and diode laser lines, offer excellent (>5 OD) suppression in the blocking region while providing >90% transmission at the design wavelength. Available in Ø12.5 mm and Ø25 mm versions, these filters provide a simple and economical way to transmit light in a narrow, well-defined, spectral region while rejecting other unwanted radiation. The filters are 3.5 mm thick (see mechanical drawing), which allows the Ø25 mm versions to be used as drop-in replacements for our fluorescence emission filters found on pages 228 - 229.

Transmission at Center Wavelength n Peak Optical Density (OD) Out of Band:* OD > 5 (T < 0.001%) n Outer Diameter: Ø12.5" or Ø25 mm n FWHM Pass Regions Between 4 nm and 40 nm n Surface Quality: 60-40 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n Edge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction *T=10-OD, Where T is Transmission

Ø25.0 mm

FBH850-40 Transmission

100

Transmission (%)

80 60 40 20 0 200

3.5 mm (0.14") Max

400

600 800 1000 1200 1400 Wavelength (nm) Sample Transmission Plot. Visit www.thorlabs.com to view all of the transmission plots for these filters or to download raw data.

Ø21.1 mm (Ø0.83") Clear Aperture

Ø25 mm Filter Dimensions

Ø12.5 mm, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters BANDWIDTH ITEM #a CWLb FWHMc FLH05532-4 532 nm 4 nm FLH05633-5

633 nm

5 nm

FLH051064-8 1064 nm

8 nm

aAll

specifications are valid for AOI = 0°

bCenter

BLOCKING MOUNTED REGIONS (OD>5) SUBSTRATE TWEd CAe THICKNESS 200 - 512 nm, 552 - 1200 nm

200 - 613 nm, 653 - 1200 nm UV Fused Silica λ/4 Ø10 mm 3.5 mm (0.14") 200 - 1039 nm , 1089 - 1200 nm Wavelength

cFull

Width Half Maximum

dTransmitted

$

PRICE 175.00

$

175.00

$

175.00 eClear

Wavefront Error @ 632.8 nm Over the Clear Aperture

Aperture

Ø25 mm, Hard-Coated, Bandpass Filters BANDWIDTH ITEM #a CWLb FWHMc FBH400-40 400 nm 40 nm

BLOCKING MOUNTED REGIONS (OD>5) SUBSTRATE TWEd CAe THICKNESS 200 - 368 nm, 433 - 1200 nm

$

PRICE 160.00

FBH405-10

405 nm

10 nm

200 - 388 nm, 422 - 1200 nm λ/2

$

160.00

FBH520-40

520 nm

40 nm

200 - 485 nm, 556 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FLH532-4

532 nm

4 nm

$

275.00

FLH633-5

633 nm

5 nm

200 - 512 nm, 552 - 1200 nm λ/4 200 - 613 nm, 653 - 1200 nm

$

275.00

FBH650-40

650 nm

40 nm

200 - 611 nm, 690 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FBH660-10

660 nm

10 nm

200 - 648 nm, 672 - 1200 nm UV Fused Silica

$

160.00

FBH780-10

780 nm

10 nm

200 - 752 nm, 808 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FBH800-10

800 nm

10 nm

λ/2 200 - 771 nm, 829 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FBH800-40

800 nm

40 nm

200 - 757 nm, 845 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FBH810-10

810 nm

10 nm

200 - 781 nm, 839 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FBH850-40

850 nm

40 nm

200 - 805 nm, 896 - 1200 nm

$

160.00

FLH1064-8

1064 nm

8 nm

aAll

232

specifications are valid for AOI = 0°

bCenter

200 - 1039 nm, 1089 - 1200 nm Wavelength

cFull

Width Half Maximum

Ø21.1 mm 3.5 mm (0.14")

l/4 dTransmitted

Wavefront Error @ 632.8 nm Over the Clear Aperture

$ 275.00 eClear

Aperture


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Premium, Hard-Coated, Edgepass Filters

Femtosecond Technologies

Specifications n >90%

FESH0700

FESH0750

These high-performance, hard-coated, edgepass filters are very useful for isolating specific spectral regions. They are an excellent choice to use as emission filters in fluorescence applications or for order sorting filters in photometry. Alternatively, they can be used as stray light or trim filters to eliminate any unwanted near-band radiation.

Transmission (Absolute) n Peak Optical Density (OD) in Rejection Region: OD > 5 (Absolute) n Ø25 mm Outer Diameter n Surface Quality: 40-20 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n Cut-On/Cut-Off Tolerance: ±3 nm n Edge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

These filters offer an optical density (OD) of greater than 5 in the rejection region and greater than 90% transmission in the transmission region (see table below). FELH0550

100

FESH0700 8

100

9 8

Transmission Optical Density

40

2

20 0 200

4

Transmission (%)

60

7 6

60

5 Transmission Optical Density

40

4 3 2

20

Optical Density (OD)

6

80 Optical Density (OD)

Transmission (%)

80

1 700

1200 1700 Wavelength (nm)

0 2200

0 300

0 1200

600 900 Wavelength (nm)

The shaded regions in the graphs above denote the transmission bands of each filter. Visit www.thorlabs.com to view all of the transmission plots for these filters or to download the raw data.

Hard-Coated, Longpass Filters ITEM # FELH0500

CUT-ON WAVELENGTH 500 nm

TRANSMISSION REJECTION REGION MOUNTED REGION (T>90%) (OD>5) SUBSTRATE CAa THICKNESS PRICE 508 - 2150 nm 200 - 492 nm $ 157.50

FELH0550

550 nm

559 - 2150 nm

200 - 542 nm

$

157.50

FELH0600

600 nm

609 - 2150 nm

$

157.50

FELH0650

650 nm

660 - 2150 nm

FELH0750

750 nm

761 - 2150 nm

200 - 591 nm Ø0.83" 200 - 641 nm UV Fused Silica 0.14" (3.5 mm) (Ø21 mm) 200 - 740 nm

$

157.50

$

157.50

FELH0800

800 nm

812 - 2150 nm

200 - 789 nm

$

157.50

FELH1000

1000 nm

1013 - 2150 nm

200 - 987 nm

$

157.50

aClear

Aperture

Hard-Coated, Shortpass Filters ITEM # FESH0700

CUT-OFF WAVELENGTH 700 nm

FESH0750

750 nm

FESH1000

1000 nm

aClear

TRANSMISSION REJECTION REGION MOUNTED REGION (T>90%) (OD>5) SUBSTRATE CAa THICKNESS PRICE 400 - 690 nm 711 - 1200 nm $ 157.50 Ø0.83" 400 - 740 nm 761 - 1200 nm $ 157.50 UV Fused Silica 0.14" (3.5 mm) (Ø21 mm) 500 - 987 nm 1013 - 1500 nm $ 157.50

Aperture

233


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

Notch Filters Notch filters, also commonly referred to as band-stop or bandrejection filters, are designed to transmit most wavelengths but attenuate light within a specific wavelength range (the stop band) to a very low level. These filters are housed in a Ø1" or Ø25 mm black aluminum ring that is engraved with the central wavelength, bandwidth, and an arrow indicating the direction of transmission.

NF1064-44

NF658-26

Specifications n >90%

Average Transmission in Passbands Optical Density (OD) in Blocking Region:* OD > 6 (T < 0.0001%) n Outer Diameter: Ø1" or Ø25 mm n FWHM of Blocking Region Between 13 nm and 44 nm (Item Dependent) n Surface Quality: 60-40 Scratch-Dig n Coating: Dielectric Stack n E dge Treatment: Mounted in a Black Anodized Aluminum Ring with an Arrow Indicating the Transmission Direction n P eak

Notch filters are useful in applications where one needs to block light from a laser. For instance, to obtain a good signal-to-noise ratio in Raman spectroscopy experiments, it is critical that light from the pump laser be blocked. This is achieved by placing a notch filter in the detection channel of the setup. In addition to spectroscopy, notch filters are commonly used in laser-based fluorescence instrumentation and biomedical laser systems. We do not recommend removing the filter from its mount as the risk of damaging the filter is high. However, custom unmounted filters are available; please contact Tech Support for more details.

* T=10-OD , Where T is Transmission

Transmission and Optical Density Plotsa NF488-15

NF533-17

100

7

5 4 3

40

2 20

80 Transmission (%)

60

6

450

500 550 Wavelength (nm)

600

Transmission Transmission Optical Density Optical Density

60

5

3

40

2

0 400

0 650

6

4

20

1

0 400

7

Optical Density (OD)

Transmission Optical Density

Optical Density (OD)

Transmission (%)

80

100

1 450

500

550 600 Wavelength (nm)

650

700

0

a

Raw data and plots for all Notch Filters are available on our website, www.thorlabs.com

Ø25 mm Notch Filters FWHMa PASSBANDS MOUNTED ITEM # WAVELENGTH (OF BLOCKING REGION) (Tavg > 90%) SUBSTRATE TWEb CAc THICKNESS PRICE NF405-13 405 ± 2 nm 13 nm 360 - 390 nm, 420 - 570 nm $ 490.00 NF514-17

514 ± 2 nm

17 nm

400 - 496 nm, 532 - 690 nm

$ 490.00

NF533-17

533 ± 2 nm

17 nm

400 - 517 nm, 548 - 710 nm

$ 490.00

NF561-18

561 ± 2 nm

18 nm

$ 490.00

NF594-23

594 ± 2 nm

23 nm

425 - 542 nm, 580 - 740 nm Fused Silica <1/2 Ø21 mm 3.5 mm (Max) 440 - 572 nm, 616 - 810 nm

NF658-26

658 ± 2 nm

26 nm

500 - 634 nm, 682 - 900 nm

$ 490.00

NF808-34

808 ± 2 nm

34 nm

610 - 778 nm, 838 - 1060 nm

$ 490.00

NF980-41

980 ± 2 nm

41 nm

700 - 948 nm, 1012 - 1300 nm

$ 490.00

a

Full Width at Half Maximum

bTransmitted

Wavefront Error @ 633 nm Over Clear Aperture

cClear

$ 490.00

Aperture

Ø1" Notch Filters FWHMa PASSBANDS MOUNTED ITEM # WAVELENGTH (OF BLOCKING REGION) (Tavg > 90%) SUBSTRATE TWEb CA THICKNESS PRICE NF488-15 488 ± 2 nm 15 nm 400 - 471 nm, 504 - 650 nm $ 490.00

234

NF633-25

633 ± 2 nm

25 nm

785 ± 2 nm

33 nm

475 - 613 nm, 653 - 900 nm <1/2 Ø21 mm 6.3 mm (Max) B270 590 - 760 nm, 810 - 1040 nm

$ 490.00

NF785-33 NF1064-44

1064 ± 2 nm

44 nm

800 - 1031 nm, 1097 - 1400 nm

$ 490.00

a

Full Width at Half Maximum

bTransmitted

Wavefront Error @ 633 nm Over Clear Aperture

cClear

Aperture

$ 490.00


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n D ichroic

Mirror with Longpass (DMLP Series) or Shortpass (DMSP Series) Characteristics n H igh Transmission and Reflectivity with Flat Response and Sharp Cut-Off Edges n U V Fused Silica Substrate with Ultra-Low Autofluorescence n H ard Dielectric Glass Coating for Easy Handling and Cleaning with Negligible Degradation or Burn Out n Resistant to Damage from UV Light and Chemicals n Dichroic Surface is Indicated by Engraved Arrow

DMLP/DMSP Series

The DMLP Series of Dichroic Mirrors/ Beamsplitters are designed for use with an angle of incidence of 45°. Each mirror transmits/ reflects 50% of the incident beam at its cut-off wavelength. Below the cut-off wavelength of our longpass mirrors, there is a spectral band over which the optic will reflect more than 90% of the incident light, while above the cut-off wavelength is a spectral band for which the optic will transmit more than 90% of the incident light (and vice versa for the shortpass mirrors).

Specifications

Typical Applications

Substrate Material: UV Fused Silica n Wavefront Distortion: <λ/4 at 632 nm n Surface Quality: 40-20 Scratch-Dig n Angle of Incidence: 45° n Operating Temperature: -50 to 80 °C

n Fluorescence

Dichroic Filter Coating

Microscopy n Combining or Splitting Two Beams of Different Wavelengths n Filtering of Spectral Components n Laser Applications Requiring Minimal Wavefront Distortion

n

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1"(Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

45°

45°

AR Coating

Beam Paths

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

DMLP425: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 425 nm

Visit...

DMLP425

www.thorlabs.com to view our Broad Selection of Filter Mounts

DMLP425, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

80

%

Confocal Accessories

Substrate

45°

CLEAR APERTURE >90% of Diameter >90% of Diameter >90% of Diameter >90% of Surface Area

100

Multiphoton Subsystems

% Reflectance %Transmission

60 40 20 0 200

DMLP425R

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

425 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

380 - 410 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

440 - 700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

ITEM # DMLP425T DMLP425 DMLP425L DMLP425R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

235


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP490: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 490 nm DMLP490T

80

%

Confocal Accessories

60

0 300

DMLP490R

OCT Components

FLIM Source

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS

Optical Filters

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

Microscopy Stages

Objective Lenses

DMLP490, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

490 nm 380 - 475 nm 510 - 800 nm Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

ITEM # DMLP490T DMLP490 DMLP490L DMLP490R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538 µm Beam

DMLP505: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 505 nm DMLP505T

DMLP505, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

%

80 60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20 0 200

DMLP505R

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

505 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

380 - 490 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

520 - 700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

ITEM # DMLP505T DMLP505 DMLP505L DMLP505R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

DMLP550: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 550 nm DMLP550, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

DMLP550T

%

80 60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMLP550R

0 300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

236

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

550 nm 360 - 535 nm 565 - 800 nm Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 0.5 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538 µm Beam

ITEM # DMLP550T DMLP550 DMLP550L DMLP550R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

1200


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP567: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 567 nm DMLP567T

Femtosecond Technologies

DMLP567, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

Multiphoton Subsystems

%

80 60

Confocal Accessories

%Transmission % Reflectance

40

Microscopy Stages

20 0 200

DMLP567R

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

380 - 550 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

584 - 700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Objective Lenses

567 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

ITEM # DMLP567T DMLP567 DMLP567L DMLP567R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

OCT Components

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

Optical Filters FLIM Source

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

DMLP605: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 605 nm DMLP605, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

DMLP605T

80

%

60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20 0 200

DMLP605R

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

605 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

470 - 590 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

620 - 700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

ITEM # DMLP605T DMLP605 DMLP605L DMLP605R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 400.00 300.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

DMLP638: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 638 nm DMLP638

DMLP638, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

%

80 60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMLP638R WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

638 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

580 - 621 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

655 - 700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm) 1.50 J/cm2 (@ 532 nm)

0 200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

ITEM # DMLP638T DMLP638 DMLP638L DMLP638R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 110.00 165.00 300.00 230.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

237


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP650: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 650 nm DMLP650T

Multiphoton Subsystems

80

%

Confocal Accessories

Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

Microscopy Stages OCT Components

DMLP650, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

DMLP650R

0

400

Reflection Band (Ravg >

400 - 633 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø0.538

µm Beam

685 - 1600 nm Rabs < 2% (665 - 1600 nm) @ 532 nmb 0.25 J/cm2 @ 1064 nmc 2.00 J/cm2 c10

1600

2000

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

650 nm 90%)a

1200

Wavelength (nm)

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

800

ITEM # DMLP650T DMLP650 DMLP650L DMLP650R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.000 mm Beam

DMSP805 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 805 nm DMSP805T

DMSP805, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100 80

%

60

DMSP805R

20 0 250

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%)

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

820 - 1300 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a

400 - 790 nm

AR Coating (Back Side)

Rabs < 2% (400 - 800 nm)

Damage Threshold µm Beam

500

805 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a

aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250

%Transmission % Reflectance

40

@ 532 nmb

1.00 J/cm2

@ 1064 nmc

7.00 J/cm2

c10

Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

ITEM # DMSP805T DMSP805 DMSP805L DMSP805R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

DMLP900: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 900 nm DMLP900T

DMLP900, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100 80

%

60

DMLP900R

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20 0 200

400

Longpass Cutoff (50%)

900 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a

400 - 872 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a

932 - 1300 nm

AR Coating (Back Side)

Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm)

Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250

238

µm Beam

@ 532 nmb

1.00 J/cm2

nmc

6.50 J/cm2

@ 1064 c10

Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Wavelength (nm)

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

ITEM # DMLP900T DMLP900 DMLP900L DMLP900R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 130.00 195.00 400.00 360.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMLP950: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 950 nm DMLP950T

Femtosecond Technologies

DMLP950, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

Multiphoton Subsystems

80

%

60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40

Confocal Accessories

20

DMLP950R

0

400

420 - 900 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø538

µm Beam

990 - 1600 nm Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) @ 532 nmb 1.00 J/cm2 @ 1064 nmc 4.00 J/cm2 c10

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

950 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a

800

Wavelength (nm)

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%)

600

ITEM # DMLP950T DMLP950 DMLP950L DMLP950R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

Optical Filters FLIM Source

Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.000 mm Beam

DMSP1000 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1000 nm DMSP1000T

DMSP1000, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100 80

%

60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMSP1000R

0 200

400

600

800

Shortpass Cutoff (50%)

Damage Threshold aUnpolarized Light b10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø250

520 - 985 nm Rabs < 2% (520 - 985 nm) @ 532 nmb

1.00 J/cm2

nmc

9.50 J/cm2

@ 1064

µm Beam

1400

1600

1800

2000

1020 - 1550 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)a AR Coating (Back Side)

1200

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

1000 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)a

1000

Wavelength (nm)

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS

c10

ITEM # DMSP1000T DMSP1000 DMSP1000L DMSP1000R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

DMLP1180: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1180 nm DMLP1180, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

DMLP1180T

%

80 60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMLP1180R

0 400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

1180 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

750 - 1100 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

1260 - 1700 nm

AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) 5.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)

ITEM # DMLP1180T DMLP1180 DMLP1180L DMLP1180R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 130.00 190.00 400.00 320.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

239


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems

Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitters DMSP1180 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 490 nm DMSP1180T

% Transmission % Reflectance

80

%

Confocal Accessories

60 40

Microscopy Stages

20

DMSP1180R

0 500

OCT Components Objective Lenses

DMSP1180, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

1260 -1700 nm

Optical Filters

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

750 - 1100 nm

FLIM Source

Damage Threshold**

AR Coating (Back Side) *Unpolarized Light

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

1180 nm

750 - 1100 nm 3.0 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)

ITEM # DMSP1180T DMSP1180 DMSP1180L DMSP1180R

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

$ $ $ $

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

**10 Hz, 10 ns, Ø1.00 mm Beam

DMSP1500 (Shortpass Characteristics): 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1500 nm DMSP1500T

DMSP1500, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

%

80 60

% Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMSP1500R

0 700

900

1100

1300

1500

1700

1900

2100

2300

Wavelength (nm) WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Shortpass Cutoff (50%) Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)* Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)* AR Coating (Back Side) Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

1500 nm 1550 - 2000 nm 1000 - 1450 nm Rabs < 2% (932 - 1700 nm) 7.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)

**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

ITEM # DMSP1500T DMSP1500 DMSP1500L DMSP1500R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm

DMLP1800: 50% Transmission/Reflection at 1800 nm DMLP1800, 45° AOI Unpolarized Light

100

DMLP1800T

%

80 60

%Transmission % Reflectance

40 20

DMLP1800R

0 1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

2200

2400

Wavelength (nm) Shaded regions in the graph denote the transmission and reflection bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

WAVELENGTH CHARACTERISTICS Longpass Cutoff (50%)

1500 -1750 nm

Transmission Band (Tavg > 90%)*

1850 - 2100 nm

AR Coating (Back Side)

240

1800 nm

Reflection Band (Ravg > 90%)*

Damage Threshold** *Unpolarized Light

Rabs < 2% (1800 - 2100 nm) 5.00 J/cm2 (@ 1064 nm)

**10 Hz, 12 ns, Ø250 µm Beam

ITEM # DMLP1800T DMLP1800 DMLP1800L DMLP1800R

$ $ $ $

PRICE 170.00 255.00 550.00 490.00

SIZE Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Ø2" (Ø50.8 mm) 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm

THICKNESS 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 5.0 mm 1.0 mm


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

50:50 Plate Beamsplitters Edge Engraved with Part Number

Femtosecond Technologies

Features n Designed

for use with our Filter Cubes • Microscope Filter Cube Available (See Page 244) • Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube (See Pages 242 - 243) n Available Wavelength Ranges: 250 – 450 nm, 400 – 700 nm, or 700 – 1100 nm n Clear Aperture: 90% of Length and Width BSW11R BSW10R Reflectance (45° AOI)

BSW10R Transmission (45° AOI) Reflectance (%)

Transmission (%)

80 60 40

0 300

P-Polarized Unpolarized S-Polarized 400

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

25 mm x 36 mm

20

Multiphoton Subsystems

500 600 Wavelength (nm)

700

800

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

FLIM Source

P-Polarized Unpolarized S-Polarized 400

500

600 Wavelength (nm)

700

800

Shaded regions in the graph above denote the transmission (right) and reflection (left) bands. Performance outside these regions will vary and is not guaranteed. Visit www.thorlabs.com to download the raw data.

These plate beamsplitters utilize ITEM # BSW20R BSW10R BSW11R UV fused silica substrates, which Surface 1: 250 - 450 nm 400 - 700 nm 700 - 1100 nm offer high transmission deep into Beamsplitting Coating for 45° AOI the UV, superior homogeneity Surface 2: 250 - 450 nm 400 - 700 nm 700 - 1100 nm Antireflection Coating (Ravg < 1%) compared to N-BK7 glass, and Split Ratio 50:50 a lower coefficient of thermal Size (L x H) 36.0 mm x 25.0 mm expansion than N-BK7. UV Thickness 1.0 mm fused silica also exhibits virtually Thickness Tolerance ±0.1 mm Substrate UV Fused Silica no laser-induced fluorescence, Surface Quality 40-20 Scratch-Dig making it ideal for applications Transmitted Wavefront Error λ/4 @ 633 nm in the UV to near IR. By Splitter Ratio Tolerance ±10% ±8% ±5% (Unpolarized Light in Coating Range) applying an AR coating with the same operating wavelength range to the back side of the beamsplitter, the percentage of light reflected back through the front surface is reduced to an average of less than 1% over the entire operating range of the coating. 25 mm x 36 mm Plate Beamsplitters ITEM # BSW20R BSW10R BSW11R

DIMENSIONS 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm

AR COATING RANGE 250 – 450 nm 400 – 700 nm 700 – 1100 nm

$ $ $

PRICE 110.00 110.00 110.00

241


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages

30 mm Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube Features n Prealigns

Fluorescence Filter Sets Within 30 mm Cage Cube n E asily Swap Between Filter Sets Using Additional Inserts (Sold Separately) n Kinematic Design Provides Repeatable Alignment n Compatible with 30 mm Cage and SM1 Lens Tube Systems n Premounted Filter Cubes Available Upon Request

OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

MAX FILTER THICKNESS Excitation

5 mm

Emission

3.5 mm

Dichroic

1.1 mm

DFM

Thorlabs’ DFM Fluorescence Filter Cube is designed to hold a fluorescence filter set (dichroic mirror and excitation and emission filters) in a 30 mm cage-compatible cube for homebuilt microscopy applications. The light-tight filter cube consists of a base and top lid with an insert to hold the filter set. Additional base units (DFMB) and top units (DFMT1) can be purchased separately. The base unit (DFMB) has four SM1-threaded (1.035"-40) ports and contains one 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped hole on the underside for post mounting (see mechanical drawing below). 8-32 or M4 thread adapters may be purchased separately for additional post-mounting capabilities (visit our website for details).

DFMT1 DFMT1 Kinematically Mounts to the DFMB Base for Repeatable Alignment

The top with insert (DFMT1) is designed to hold a 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm dichroic mirror and two Ø25 mm filters (excitation and emission). The dichroic mirror is clamped in place using a design that provides uniform pressure without causing deformation to the mirror. The excitation and emission filters are held using the included SM1RR Retaining Rings. The SM1-tapped (1.035"-40) hole in the top plate’s emission port is oriented at a 3° angle with respect to the face of the bottom of the cube, thereby eliminating unwanted reflections.

DFMB

1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Tapped Hole for Post Mounting

1.00" (25.4 mm) 4-40 Tap (4 Places) for 30 mm Cage Compatibility

2.15" (54.6 mm) 1.02" (26 mm)

SM1 (1.035"-40) Threads 1.00" (25.4 mm)

242

2.00" (50.8 mm)

1.00" (25.4 mm) 2.00" (50.8 mm)


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

30 mm Cage-Compatible Fluorescence Filter Cube Through an innovative kinematic design, filter sets can easily be swapped without requiring realignment. Additional tops and bases can be purchased separately. To help keep track of your filter sets, spaces are provided on the top to write the specific mirror and filters that are mounted in each cube. By request, the DFM is also available premounted with any of Thorlabs’ Filter Sets (see pages 228 - 229). Contact Tech Support for details.

Femtosecond Technologies

Fluorescence Filter Sets can be Easily Mounted in the DFM Filter Cube (Filters Sold Separately)

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

SM1RR Ø1" Retaining Ring (4 Places) B

FLIM Source

A

4-40 Screw (2 Places) Ø1" (25 mm) Optic

Able to Hold a Rectangular Optic 25.0 mm x 36.0 mm x 1.0 mm

ITEM # DFM*

METRIC ITEM # DFM/M*

DFMB DFMT1*

Cube top (DFMT1) assembly. Parts A and B are fastened together with two 4-40 captive screws. Four SM1-threaded ports hold Ø1" or Ø25 mm optics. A 25 mm x 25 mm x 1 mm rectangular optic can be secured between parts A and B when they are fastened together.

SM1 (1.035"-40) Thread (4 Places)

PRICE $ 295.00

DESCRIPTION Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube

DFMB/M

$ 100.00

Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube Base

-

$ 195.00

Kinematic Fluorescence Filter Cage Cube Top

*Includes Two SMIRR Retaining Rings

Have you seen our...

Confocal Microscopy System Thorlabs’ Confocal Laser Scanning (CLS) Microscopy Systems consist of compact imaging modules specifically designed for infinity-corrected compound microscopes. They provide the ability to acquire high-resolution optical sections from within a thick sample or to reduce background fluorescence from a thin culture. The CLS systems offer turnkey integration to almost any upright or inverted microscope with access to an intermediate image plane (e.g., a camera port) via a C-Mount threading.

DFMT1 Filter Cube Tops are Used in our Four-Channel Photomultiplier Modules

The Confocal Microscopy System uses expandable photomultiplier modules (PMT Modules) that are designed for multi-channel laser scanning microscopy applications. These modules incorporate our DFMT1 Fluorescence Filter Cubes to split the signal from the sample into its different spectral components.

See Pages 54 - 65 243


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Microscope Filter Cubes

Femtosecond Technologies

Features

Multiphoton Subsystems

n Easily

Mount Fluorescence Imaging Filter Sets: Emission Filter, Excitation Filter, and Dichroic Mirror n Compatible with Many Olympus and Nikon Microscopes (See Table Below) n Hassle-Free Alignment n Pre-Mounted Filter Cubes Available Upon Request

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters FLIM Source

TLV-U-MF2

Thorlabs’ Microscope Filter Cubes are compatible with a broad range of Olympus and Nikon fluorescence microscopes. Designed for quick mounting, aligning, and swapping of fluorescence imaging filter sets, each cube holds one Fluorescence Filter Set (see pages 228 - 229), which includes a Ø25 mm emission filter, Ø25 mm excitation filter, and 25.2 mm x 35.6 mm dichroic mirror. A retaining clip and threaded retaining rings (included) TLV-TE2000 can be used to secure the dichroic mirror and excitation/ emission filters, respectively, thereby removing the need for epoxy and providing simple filter interchangeability. See the schematic below for details. These drop-in filter cubes are sold as empty mounts. However, if a Thorlabs’ Fluorescence Filter Set is purchased at the same time, we will, by request, premount the optics at no additional charge; contact Tech Support for details. Please see the compatibility table below to determine the correct filter cube for your application.

TLV-QFXL To Detector

Retaining Ring Emission Filter

Schematic Illustrates Correct Filter Installation and Cube Orientation Excitation Filter Dichroic Mirror/Beamsplitter

Filter Block

From Source

TLV-TE2000 Filter Cube Features Three Spaces to Write the Names of the Filters Housed Inside

Retaining Ring

To Sample

COMPATIBLE ITEM #* PRICE MICROSCOPE TLV-U-MF2 $ 441.00 Olympus TLV-QFXL $ 398.00

Nikon

E200, E400, E600, E800, E1000, TS100, TS100F, TE200, TE300, ME600L, L150A, and Some PHOTO Scopes

TLV-TE2000 $ 398.00

Nikon

TE2000, 50i, 55i, 80i, 90i, Eclipse Ti, and Epi-Fluor Illuminator Scopes

*Each Assembly Includes Two SMIRR Retaining Rings

244

DESCRIPTION AX, BX2, and IX2 Series


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

Liquid Crystal Tunable Filters

Femtosecond Technologies

A Hyperspectral Imaging System Built Using the KURIOS-WB1 Liquid Crystal Filter and a 1500M-GE Scientific Camera (See Page 313) Mounted on an Olympus IX71 Microscope

Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories

KURIOS-WB1 Controller Included

Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Thorlabs’ Liquid Crystal (LC) Tunable Bandpass Filters incorporate liquid crystal cells sandwiched between polarizing elements, much like Loyt or Solc filters, that are used to quickly change the transmission band within the wavelength range. These filters tune continuously over the operating wavelength range, providing rapid and vibrationless tuning of the filter’s center wavelength. Due to their rapid tuning capabilities, these liquid crystal tunable filters (LCTFs) are ideal for applications such as multispectral or hyperspectral imaging as well as for use with chargecouple devices (CCDs). For instance, using these filters in conjunction with a CCD camera produces images with a much higher accuracy for color representation than using a standard CCD camera with a Bayer mosaic. This technique produces true spectral imaging and can thus show spectral features that would otherwise be impossible to detect. For more details, please see pages 434 - 435. KURIOS-WB1

ITEM #

Tunable Filter Spectrum

Polarized Transmission (%)

70

Wavelength Range

60

11 nm, 22 nm, 38 nm (Selectable)

5 - 40 ms

5 - 200 ms Ø20 mm

Polarized Transmissionc @ 550 nm

30

45%

30%

Out-of-Band Blocking

20

OD > 2

Resolution

10

425 nm 550 nm 675 nm

35 nm

b

Clear Aperture (CA)

40

0 400

KURIOS-VB1 420 - 730 nm

Bandwidtha (FWHM @ 550 nm) Switching Speed

50

1 nm

Tuning Accuracy 450

500 450 nm 575 nm 700 nm

550

600

650

Wavelength (nm) 475 nm 600 nm 725 nm

700

500 nm 625 nm

750

800

525 nm 650 nm

FLIM Source

±FWHM/10

Angle of Incidence (Field of View)

±6°

Wavelength Uniformity over CA

FWHM/8

Operating Temperature

0 to 40 °C

Storage Temperature Dimensions (Optical Head)

-15 to 65 °C 52.5 mm x 52.5 mm x 48.5 mm

52.5 mm x 52.5 mm x 78.5 mm

aBandwidth changes linearly with wavelength. bSwitching speed is dependent on the initial and final wavelengths. cInput polarization is aligned with the filter’s polarization axis.

ITEM #

METRIC ITEM # KURIOS-WB1 KURIOS-WB1/M

PRICE $ 8,000.00

DESCRIPTION Liquid Crystal Tunable Filter, 35 nm FWHM, 420 -730 nm, 8-32 (M4) Tap

KURIOS-VB1 KURIOS-VB1/M

$ 8,750.00

Liquid Crystal Tunable Filter, Selectable FWHM, 420 -730 nm, 8-32 (M4) Tap

245


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit Femtosecond Technologies Multiphoton Subsystems Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

FLIM LED Source: 10 MHz to 100 MHz Modulation FLIM (Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging) is an imaging technology that utilizes the exponential decay rate of the fluorescence from a fluorescent sample. It is mainly used with confocal microscopy and other microscope systems. The image in FLIM is based on the lifetime of the fluorophore signal, rather than its intensity. Since the excited state has a lifetime, the fluorescence signal is delayed with respect to the excitation signal plus reduced in amplitude. The lifetime can be determined from this phase shift and the amplitude reduction. This minimizes photon scattering in thick layers of the sample.

Excitation Emission

φ a

m= b 0

0

A

B

Modulated Excitation and Fluorescence Signal used in Frequency Domain FLIM

FLIM Source

3 Operation Modes n Internal

FLIM Source: Driver and LED Head

Modulation Mode up to 100 MHz n External Trigger Mode up to 100 kHz n Constant Current Mode

Thorlabs’ DC3100 Series of Modulated LED Sources is designed for frequency domain Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging (FLIM) and other microscopy applications that require advanced, modulated, high-brightness LED sources. Our FLIM LED sources include a high-current, high-power LED driver with three operation modes, an LED head with modulating electronics that are designed for high-brightness LEDs with high thermal dissipation losses, and the LED itself. There are four standard wavelengths available: 365 nm, 405 nm, 470 nm, and 630 nm. Other wavelengths are available upon request. In addition to the controls on the unit, the LED driver can be remotely operated using the USB 2.0 connector and the included software package with an intuitive GUI and an extensive driver set that supports integrated operations.

LED Head

DRIVER SPECIFICATIONS LED Current

0 to 1 A

SM2 Threads (2.035"-40)

Internal Modulation Mode Modulation Frequency

10 – 100 MHz in 0.1 MHz Steps*

Modulation Depth

0 to 100%

Trigger Output

Sine Wave

External Modulation Mode Drive Voltage Modulation Modulation Frequency *LED Dependent

246

0 to 10 V (1 V/100 mA) Arbitrary 0 to 100 kHz (Sine Wave)

2.34" (59.5 mm) Ø0.26" (Ø6.5 mm) 4.02" (102.5 mm) 4.98" (126.5 mm)

Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.


Imaging Components MOM Upgrade Kit

FLIM LED Source: 10 MHz to 100 MHz Modulation DC3100-365

180

DC3100-405

180

0.0

-0.5

-1.5 Phase Difference (º)

-7.5

-90 Phase Difference Amplitude

-180

0

20

40 60 Frequency (MHz)

-5.0 -6.5 -8.0 Phase Difference Amplitude

-10.5 80

100

-12.0

-180

DC3100-470

180

-3.5 0

-90

-9.0

0

50 Frequency (MHz)

-9.5 100

-8 -10

-90

-180

0

0

-90

-12 Phase Difference Amplitude

90

Phase Difference Amplitude

-14

50 Frequency (MHz)

100

-16

-180

50 Frequency (MHz)

0

100

1.5 0.0 -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -7.5 -9.0 -10.5 -12.0 -13.5 -15.. -16.5

Confocal Accessories Microscopy Stages OCT Components Objective Lenses Optical Filters

Amplitude (dB)

-6 0

Phase Difference (º)

-4 Amplitude (dB)

Phase Difference (º)

-2 90

-11.0

DC3100-630

180

0

Multiphoton Subsystems

-2.0

90

Amplitude (dB)

-6.0

Amplitude (dB)

-4.5 0

Phase Difference (º)

-3.0

90

Femtosecond Technologies

1.0

FLIM Source

Four collimating lens housings are offered that adapt our LED sources directly to the illumination port of the Olympus IX/BX, Leica DMI, Zeiss Axioskop, or Nikon Eclipse microscopes. They collimate the light emitted by the LED modules using an AR-coated (350 - 700 nm) aspheric condensing lens.

LED Head Shown with an Olympus BX & IX Collimation Adapter

Collimation Adapters COMPATIBLE MICROSCOPES

OLYMPUS BX & IX MICROSCOPES

LEICA DMI MICROSCOPES

ZEISS AXIOSKOP MICROSCOPES

NIKON ECLIPSE MICROSCOPES

Photograph

Item #

COP1-A

COP2-A

COP4-A

COP5-A

Choose an LED Source (Includes Driver and Head) ITEM # PRICE

CENTER WAVELENGTH

MAX CURRENT

CUTOFF FREQUENCY

Additional LED Heads Available as Make to Order (365 - 850 nm)

DESCRIPTION

DC3100-365

$ 2,510.00

365 nm

700 mA

90 MHz

Modulated LED Source with a 365 nm Head

DC3100-405

$ 2,210.00

405 nm

1000 mA

95 MHz

Modulated LED Source with a 405 nm Head

DC3100-470

$ 2,210.00

470 nm

1000 mA

80 MHz

Modulated LED Source with a 470 nm Head

DC3100-630

$ 2,210.00

630 nm

1000 mA

70 MHz

Modulated LED Source with a 630 nm Head

Choose a Collimation Adapter (AR Coating: 350 – 700 nm) ITEM # COP1-A

PRICE $ 175.70

DESCRIPTION Collimation Adapter for Olympus BX & IX

COP2-A

$ 175.70

Collimation Adapter for Leica DMI

COP4-A

$ 175.70

Collimation Adapter for Zeiss Axioskop

COP5-A

$ 207.90

Collimation Adapter for Nikon Eclipse

247


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.